I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Oxal, Latwii, and Yadda channelings for this session come from July 21, 1985:

(Carla channeling)

I am Oxal. I greet you, my friends, in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator in whose name we come this evening. We thank you for calling us to you and hope that our humble words may hold something that may be of value to you this evening, reminding you, as always, that we are, as you, full of mistakes, full of errors and without any pretension to infallibility. Therefore, we ask you to consult your own inner wisdom. There is that within you which recognizes truth and which knows the truths that you need at this particular moment. Take what you will and discard the rest without a backward glance, for our wish is only to aid you, not to teach you any dogma. We know the path, and we know the journey. But the steps you take are your own. You cannot walk as others walk nor can you meet the difficulties that others meet or experience the joys that others experience. What is in common is the journey itself and the joy and peace that lies from the commitment of oneself to seeking the truth.

As the shadows lengthen and the evening comes into the windows of your domicile, so each of you sits, in some way broken. None of you is any longer whole; none of you is any longer confident that everything is perfect. And many of you count this to be a discomfort, perhaps even a weakness or a lack of faith. We ask you to consider the nature of transformation. We would use the example, simplistic though it is, of a cup which must be empty, emptied of all dregs and all substance before it may contain new drink. We ask you to consider a fresh-baked loaf of bread. It is useless until it is broken. In your young wholeness, my friends, you were full of something very valuable, the unexamined and totally trusted Light and Love of the Creator that blows about children and makes them so special to the adults about them. But there is no learning in this untouched condition. Does bread count it as cruelty to be broken that it may be eaten? We think not. Do you count it as cruel that life has fragmented your understanding and caused you to raise questions about yourself and others and the nature of the universe? Sometimes it is impossible for those within an illusion as dense as yours not to feel that it is cruel to be so broken by experience. And yet, brokenness is an utterly necessary prelude to transformation. Whole, untouched, you are finite. Broken, you become infinite, infinitely full of possibility, of newness, and of the potential for life, life that is new and vital.

It is as though the illusion which you now enjoy is a kind of threshing machine. It is inevitable that you shall come between the grinding wheels, and that you shall feel burst apart, sometimes slowly, sometimes all at once. These moments and times of your incarnational experience are the most pregnant with possibility for the acceleration of your spiritual evolution, for you have moved into an infinity when you are no longer closed. What we say rings of the impractical, and we realize that you seek not only that which is theoretical but that which may serve as an ethic that may inspire behavior which manifests that which you hold dear: service to others, Love; there are many good qualities we could name for which you may be seeking inspiration. Your best quality is the willingness to be broken because that willingness is the willingness to learn, and, my friends, all things in your illusion teach the lessons of Love. Each time you are broken, you are being offered a new way to come to a new understanding, if we may use that misnomer, of Love. And by this we do not mean that which you call love, but rather that which you call Logos, that Love which is creative and original, that Love which is the Creator, for that Love which is all of us, for we and you and all that there is are the Creator. Closed, you are the citizen of an illusion. It is as though your fullness were a prison. Each time you face adversity, you escape that prison and you are open to the transfiguration of another learning of Love.

In this session Oxal speaks about the concept of transformation. They began by saying as the shadows lengthen, and the evening comes into the windows of your domicile, so each of you sits, in some way broken, for none of you is any longer whole or confident that everything is perfect, and many of you count this to be a weakness, and we ask you to consider the nature of transformation, so we would use the example of a cup emptied of all substance before it may contain new drink, or we ask you to consider a fresh-baked loaf of bread that is useless until it is broken, for in your young wholeness you were full of the unexamined and totally trusted Light and Love of the Creator that blows about children and makes them so special to the adults about them, but there is no learning in this untouched condition, and sometimes it is impossible for those within an illusion as dense as yours not to feel that it is cruel to be so broken by experience, yet brokenness is a necessary prelude to transformation, so whole and untouched you are finite, but broken you become infinitely full of possibility the potential for life that is new and vital. Oxal went on to say it is as though the illusion which you now enjoy is a kind of threshing machine, and it is inevitable that you shall come between the grinding wheels, and that you shall feel burst apart, so these times of your incarnational experience are the most pregnant with possibility for the acceleration of your spiritual evolution, for you have moved into an infinity when you are no longer closed, yet what we say rings of the impractical, and we realize that you seek not only that which is theoretical but that which may serve as an ethic that may inspire behavior which manifests that which you hold dear: service to others and Love, for there are many good qualities we could name for which you may be seeking inspiration, but your best quality is the willingness to be broken because that willingness is the willingness to learn, and all things in your illusion teach the lessons of Love since each time you are broken, you are being offered a new way to come to a new understanding of Love, but by this we do not mean that which you call love, but rather that which you call Logos, that Love which is creative and original, that Love which is the Creator, that Love which is all of us, for we, and you, and all that there is are the Creator, but you are the citizen of an illusion, and it is as though your fullness were a prison, so each time you face adversity, you escape that prison, and you are open to the transfiguration of another learning of Love. On January 12, 2008, Q’uo described the nature of transformation:

For transformation is a cycle. It is an inevitable cycle. You will transform. You shall become a new creature. The only question is whether or not you wish to accelerate the process of your own spiritual evolution. Those who are listening to these words and those who read them are those who wish to become more than they have been. That wish, in and of itself, will hasten the speed of change in your life. For by wishing to be transformed, and by being willing to be transformed, you make the space for being transformed.

Consequently, we would perhaps rather use the transformational model of the also much clichéd chambered nautilus, which outgrows its house and, therefore, enlarges its house, without ever leaving its house. Just in such a way do you enlarge your point of view as you move through these cocoon-like periods and emerge from them with the sense of having a new perspective which has created for you the self-perceived feeling of being a new creature. You continue to expand your awareness in a cyclical manner until such time as you pass from this environment through the gates of larger life, where you shall not lose a beat in continuing your spiritual evolution.

We do not say this simply because it is inevitable that experience shall cause discomfort and grief, although that is surely the nature of your illusion. We say this to attempt to inspire you to examine whatever faces you at this particular time, to find within it the seeds of Love where there was none before within your heart. As always, the best adjunct to experience for the seeker is daily meditation. It does not have to be a full-time job, as this instrument would say. A very few minutes of seeking in silence that still, small voice, if we may quote from one of the holy works, is sufficient to put you in contact with the infinity that you can otherwise receive only from the harsh trials of experience. For there is that within you, as we have said, that will aid you in coming to a new knowledge, an expanded knowledge of your own nature and of the nature of Love. Often there is great healing in such understanding, as that which no longer needed can fall away; as those bitter feelings disappear, for they are no longer needed; as dislike and prejudice disappears, for they are no longer needed. And then, once again, you become whole and you manifest to those about you that which has begun to come through you, that which is infinite, that which is Love.

In the inevitable cycle of experience, you shall again be broken, and the cycle turns again, offering you again and again the opportunity for new knowledge—or if you have refrained from learning the lesson given you previously, you may find yourself repeating one lesson again and again. Try as you may, you will not escape this lesson until it is learned. This is not a grim threat, my friends; this is the nature of your experience. It is our intent to give you encouragement so that you may welcome experience, so that you may, even in pain or grief or despair or loneliness welcome being broken, and look immediately for the Love that you have not allowed into this moment.

Then Oxal said we do not say this because it is inevitable that experience shall cause discomfort, although that is the nature of your illusion, but we say this to attempt to inspire you to examine whatever faces you at this time, to find within it the seeds of Love where there were none before within your heart, so the best addition to experience for the seeker is daily meditation, but it does not have to be a full-time job, for a few minutes of seeking in silence that still, small voice is sufficient to put you in contact with the infinity that you can receive only from the harsh trials of experience, for there is that within you that will aid you in coming to an expanded knowledge of your nature and of the nature of Love, yet often there is healing in such understanding, as that which is no longer needed can fall away, and as those bitter feelings disappear, and then you become whole, and you manifest to those about you that which has begun to come through you, that which is infinite, that which is Love. Oxal continued by saying in the inevitable cycle of experience, you shall be broken, and the cycle turns again, offering you the opportunity for new knowledge, or if you have refrained from learning the lesson given you previously, you may find yourself repeating one lesson, but try as you may, you will not escape this lesson until it is learned, but this is not a threat, for this is the nature of your experience, and it is our intent to give you encouragement so that you may welcome experience, so that you may, even in pain or loneliness, welcome being broken, and look immediately for the Love that you have not allowed into this moment. On January 26, 1991, Q’uo described the nature of Love:

When the experience of the one infinite Creator has been collected, reaped, and gathered, blessed, thanked, and honored, then a portion of the self is aware, in a way that it cannot express in words, of the nature of Love, of the Creator, and of the self. Then, this immediate, ineffable experience, which is not learning, but the result of learning, may be broken, opened, as infinite as it is, and offered as Love within the illusion, to the illusion itself, to those one meets within the illusion, and to the self.

What the paths are for is to deliver the relativistic self over to the worshipful, and open, and faithful heart. When that state has been achieved, even momentarily, by the seeking entity, the experience of unity with the infinite Creator is had, and stored, and remembered. It is at that point that all paths become one, just as all manifestations of Christed consciousness tell different stories, but in their essence are all one.

We shall pause for a moment that you may do this exercise at this moment. Open yourself at this moment that Love may sweep through you, sweep you clean and make you one with your experience. We pause. I am Oxal.

[Pause]

I am Oxal, and am again with this instrument. We would like to close through the one known as L1 if this instrument is not too fatigued. We shall offer the conditioning with the understanding that we do not wish to tax this instrument, and, therefore, the choice is certainly and always the instrument’s. We shall leave this instrument. I am Oxal.

(L1 channeling)

I am Oxal. I am now with this instrument. My friends, it is our desire not to tax your patience with wordy sermons or dry discourses, but rather to share with those present that which we recognize to be an essential part of the process through which enlightenment is attained. Therefore, we thank those present for their patience and commend your dedication, and perseverance, and seeking. We are known to those present as Oxal. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

(L1 channeling)

I am Latwii, and I greet you, my friends, in the Love and Light of the infinite Creator, and wish to offer our service at this point in attempting to answer any questions that those present might deem fit to pose. Are there any questions at this time?

Carla: Well, since nobody’s jumped in, I’ll go back to the venerable L2’s list of ad hoc questions, if it’s all right with you, Latwii. This is a short one for a change. Number five: “Is it true that the essence of Love is compassion? How can there be explication of the ways whereby compassion steers between the twin distortions of being patronizingly maudlin, so to speak, on the one hand, and being too sternly judgmental on the other?”

I am Latwii. We are aware of your question. My brother, compassion is what may be described as the distortion of that which we term Love. We would further observe that compassion is characterized by the distortion of judgment where compassion is quite often Love given upon the establishment of certain prior conditions. If we might offer an example, the individual who passes an other self upon a thoroughfare might observe that the other self seems somewhat poorly attired or perhaps the physical vehicle of the other self does not appear to be well-nourished. This has the characteristic of an observation, however, rather than an outpouring of that which you term Love. The viewer, however, when made aware that certain circumstances such as the loss of numerous loved ones, and the entirety of one’s physical possessions resulted in the other self’s dire appearance, might be overwhelmed with sudden feelings of that distortion of Love which you term compassion.

As one might observe, the compassion or distorted Love was only offered upon the basis of evaluation of appropriateness by the one extending that which you call compassion. The distortion of Love that you refer to as compassion, then, may be characterized by that individual who offers such distorted Love as falling within certain realms of appropriateness. And, indeed, it is the limitations which you, my brother, have suggested that are examples of the range within which such distorted Love may be offered.

We would, in closing, observe that the offering of Love to any other self for reasons resultant of judgment is still an extension of Love and is therefore commendable. However, one who would be an adept must recognize that the extension of Love is a form of service to one’s other selves, and therefore does not require precondition.

May we answer you further?

Carla: Just for my own benefit, let me try to sum up what you said in a sentence or two. What you said was that compassion, since it’s run through a person who feels it personally for another person, involves judgment, of necessity, since that’s the way people’s minds work. But compassion as an ideal has no precondition, but is given in total freedom. Therefore, we as human beings never quite reach the perfection of that distortion of Love known as compassion. Is that what you’re saying?

I am Latwii. My sister, we agree with your explanation with one variation. We would emphasize that the use of the word “Love’’ rather than “compassion” in the latter portion of your statements would be more appropriate, for it is Love, itself, which ideally should be given freely rather than the distortion of Love known as compassion.

May we answer you further?

Carla: Yeah. The Live Aid concert brought a wave of what I would call compassion rather than Love, that is, pity, and a desire to help a lot of people that were hungry that nobody knew. How does one make the step from compassion based on need to unconditional Love, personal Love, of strangers, billions of them, whom one does not know and can never know? Or is this even recommended?

I am Latwii. My sister, we would attempt to answer your question simply by extending the observation that the numerous strangers cited in your question are actually numerous other selves, and for that reason one might observe that there is a reluctance on the part of the individual to Love himself or herself through the extension of Love to all other selves, in essence a reluctance to Love oneself in totality. For this reason, we would offer the suggestion that to learn to accept and Love oneself in its facets which are both attractive and unattractive is a step toward the loving of those same characteristics, both attractive and unattractive, in one’s other selves. For to accept oneself is to learn to accept one’s other self sufficiently that the extension of Love to the degree which you described becomes possible. The recognition must occur that each other self is in essence identical to one’s own self and the accomplishment of Loving these numerous other selves is an extension of that recognition.

It is becoming difficult for this instrument to continue to maintain contact, and we would suggest that should further questions be desired, that another instrument offer to serve on this instrument’s behalf. We are known to you as Latwii.

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and we are with this instrument whom we thank for offering a voice for us to utilize once again. Is there further query?

L1: Yes, Latwii. I’m disturbed as to the potential accuracy of what I was channeling. Would you make any corrections that are necessary through correction or repetition of the questions that were offered while I was channeling?

I am Latwii, and am aware of your query and your concern, my brother. We would not attempt to add or subtract from any concept which you utilized, and which we were able to utilize using your mind and its contents. We are most appreciative of each instrument’s desire to be of service, for though our message is always and ever the same, there is much to be gained in variety of expression when we are able to utilize numerous instruments in speaking this one message. Therefore, we should not feel any concern to alter our message which was transmitted through your instrument but would simply thank you for your service and remind you that as you open yourself in service and give up your own small will that you may serve a greater will, that you then must needs accept that which proceeds through your instrument and allow its movement through your instrument in as free a manner as possible without the overconcern as to whether the task has been accomplished in one fashion or another. To put it more simply, my brother, do not be so judgmental upon your own abilities. We thank you for your service.

May we answer further, my brother?

L1: No. Thank you for your comfort.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, as always. Is there another query?

N: May I ask for some further explanation? Are you in essence saying, Latwii, that we have many problems within ourselves which we can’t accept, and which is true, of course, but when we have problems with others which we seem to want to accept, yet can’t rationalize Love as an extension of the one infinite Creator, then this is again failings within our feelings for ourselves?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. We shall attempt clarification. When one sees any other being and has any of the range of emotions that are possible within your human condition, one may assume that the emotion is felt for the other self because that emotion has some impact or reference to the self. You are in essence a conglomeration or unit of learning, this is to say, you have your unique character; you have distortions of one sort or another that give you your strengths, your variety, and your uniqueness. You will feel in one manner or another about yourself or some portion of yourself according to the desire you have to learn in that area and your own conscious or subconscious assessment of your success in so learning. This process of learning and judging the self is one which is always ongoing, yet is usually not as conscious in the earlier portions of one’s incarnation as it is in the latter portions. Therefore, as you become more and more aware of your own self and come to know that self, a portion of this awareness is gained by seeing your feelings for yourself reflected by others to you as your feelings for others. Thus, the mirroring effect of other selves shows you your attitude towards a portion of your own being. As you become more and more aware that this is the case, the process then is accelerated.

N asked: “Are you in essence saying, Latwii, that we have many problems within ourselves which we can’t accept, and which is true, of course, but when we have problems with others which we seem to want to accept, yet can’t rationalize Love as an extension of the one infinite Creator, then this is again failings within our feelings for ourselves?” Latwii replied when one sees any other being and has any of the range of emotions that are possible within your human condition, one may assume that the emotion is felt for the other self because that emotion has some reference to the self, for you are a unit of learning, and  you have unique distortions of one sort or another that give you your strengths and your variety, and your uniqueness, so you will feel about yourself according to the desire you have to learn in that area and your own conscious or subconscious assessment of your success in learning, for this process of learning and judging the self is one which is always ongoing, yet is usually not as conscious in the earlier portions of one’s incarnation as it is in the latter portion, and as you become more aware of your self and come to know that self, a portion of this awareness is gained by seeing your feelings for yourself reflected by others to you as your feelings for others, so the mirroring effect of other selves shows you your attitude towards a portion of your own being, yet as you become more aware that this is the case, the process then is accelerated. On July 28, 1985, Latwii described the mirroring effect:

These male and female qualities, then, being expressed within this mated relationship allow the mirroring effect to occur with greater intensity and frequency. This mirroring effect is the effect that occurs when one sees within another self those characteristics that are loved and accepted and those that are not loved and not accepted. In truth, these are the characteristics of the self which are loved or not loved, and are those characteristics which outline the lessons and services that the entity has designed into the life pattern from the pre-incarnational state.

May we answer you further, my brother?

N: No, thank you. I think that was good.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my brother. Is there another query?…

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and we are with this instrument once again, now that the mechanical duties have been completed. May we again ask if there might be another query?

Carla: I am interested in the message tonight because it was sort of paradoxical, and I wondered if you could make your own comment on the subject. Having experienced what was to me definitely the biggest disaster of my life recently, I have felt more imprisoned by the situation than freed by the situation. And when I have been in the past much more unbroken and whole I have felt freer, whereas the message stated that when you are whole you are in prison. Could you offer comment on this basic theme to clarify Oxal’s thoughts for me?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. We shall be honored to attempt clarification of this message which our brothers and sisters of Oxal were so inspiring in the presentation of this evening. As you feel the feeling which you have described as wholeness, you are as the harvester who has plucked the fruit from the tree and enjoys the sweetness of the fruit which has taken long to produce. It is a milestone, shall we say, upon which you stand and which signifies a portion of a journey which has been completed. Yet, as all journeys of which we are aware in the seeking of truth are of an infinite nature, at some point there will be the setting out upon another portion of this journey of seeking. For as you have plucked the fruit of the previous journey and are nourished by it, there comes a time when the pilgrim, which each is, desires to move yet further upon the journey of seeking the truth. There is a price for each step. There is what often seems difficulties both small and large, both trivial and tragic, which will confront the doughty seeker.

If there were no such difficulties, if there were no price for the steps taken upon this journey, the lessons could not be learned, for there would be no weight against which to test and strengthen the spiritual muscle. For those who have gained much of the strength through many of the trials, further testing will require added weight and difficulty, shall we say. Within your illusion, such difficulties are not often seen for the great opportunity for growth which they offer. This is not surprising, my sister, for little within your illusion is seen for what it truly is. Much of sight rests upon the surface of things, the heart seldom seen. Yet it is our suggestion to you that within all such difficulties, the opportunities for learning and experiencing the Love of the one Creator are infinite.

Carla asked: “Having experienced what was to me definitely the biggest disaster of my life recently, I have felt more imprisoned by the situation than freed by the situation. And when I have been in the past much more unbroken and whole I have felt freer, whereas the message stated that when you are whole you are in prison. Could you offer comment on this basic theme to clarify Oxal’s thoughts for me?” Latwii replied as you feel the feeling which you have described as wholeness, you are as the harvester who has plucked the fruit from the tree and enjoys the sweetness of the fruit which has taken long to produce, and it is a milestone upon which you stand and which signifies a portion of a journey which has been completed, yet as all journeys of which we are aware in the seeking of truth are of an infinite nature, at some point there will be the setting out upon another portion of this journey of seeking, for as you have plucked the fruit of the previous journey and are nourished by it, there comes a time when the pilgrim desires to move further upon the journey of seeking the truth, but there is a price for each step, for there are difficulties both trivial and tragic which will confront the doughty seeker. Then Latwii said if there were no such difficulties, the lessons could not be learned, for there would be no weight against which to test and strengthen the spiritual muscle, for those who have gained much of the strength through many of the trials, further testing will require added difficulty, and within your illusion such difficulties are not often seen for the opportunity for growth which they offer, but this is not surprising, for little within your illusion is seen for what it truly is since much of sight rests upon the surface of things, and the heart seldom is seen, yet it is our suggestion to you that within all such difficulties, the opportunities for learning and experiencing the Love of the one Creator are infinite. On January 11, 1981, Laitos described what it is like to experience the Love of the one Creator:

Each of you in your daily lives encounters the Creator in every endeavor in which you enter. Each moment the opportunity is made for you to travel yet one step closer to experiencing the Love of the Creator, for each moment holds a message, ere it would not exist. The message, disguised in infinite ways, speaks the song of Love, the lesson of life. Listen closely, my friends, for the Creator sings to you in each moment and speaks the infinite languages of life to your hearts. We of Laitos have heard this song and would share what we can of its melody and message with those of your people who desire to hear such music.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you. That was very helpful.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my sister. Is there another query?

[Pause]

I am Latwii, and we are honored to have been able to speak a few words this evening to this assembled group. We have enjoyed your vibrations and your queries. We thank you with a whole and joyful heart for requesting our humble presence. We also wish to remind each that we are but fallible seekers upon the same path of seeking which you now find your feet. Take that which we have given that has value in your own journey and leave behind that which has none. We are with you upon your request in your meditations to aid in their deepening and we are eager to join you again in your “Sunday night meetings,” as they have come to be called. We thank you and we bless all and leave all in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator. We are those of Latwii. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

(Carla channeling)

I Yadda. I greet you in Love and Light of infinite Creator. We say to one known as J, “Howdy.” We come as you call, but you must understand, we have to be very brief, for the seats become hard when the second side of the tape has been turned over, and we do not wish to make the seats of your couches and chairs any more hard for you.

We only wish to bring you a single thought, and to do that we ask you to come with us in your mind, to leave this room and move into the night sky, far and far away, farther than you can see, farther than your telescopes can see, until you are no more in space and time, until you are truly within the Creator. We ask you to feel the Light that is so bright, that shines not from a single source, but everywhere, from everywhere and to everywhere at once. There is no night; there is no sky, there is no separation—“sepa-r-ation”—we are learning to say our R’s, are we not, aha?! We ask you now to rook—to look back at yourself and ask what lies before you.

What’s your problem? We ask you! Detach yourself. Do you have a problem with your reputation? Forget it. Reputations are not important! Do you think ill of yourself? Forget it—what do you know? Do others think ill of you? Forget it—what do they know? Do you think that you are not as good as others think you are? Forget it—what do you know? Try to live in the Light, my friends. Do not reach for it—allow it to fill you, for with every breath you are infused with that Light, that Love and that energy, and you are a powerful being.

So, get on with it. With no fear, but with a will to serve, to Love, and to be in the Light. And that Light is that which we leave you in, having no other possibility, for that is all that there is. The rest is confusion and dreaming. We wish you happy dreams, and we wish you moments of lucidity—lucidity in which you see beyond your dream and beyond your darkness, beyond those few moments when you wear your funny costume of physical flesh and see the essential you which not only dwells in Light, but is Light.

We known to you as Yadda. That is not important, either. We, however, Love you. Adonai. Adonai. We leave you in the Love and in the Light of the One Who Is All.

This morning the quote from The Thunder of Silence is: “This is truth, but you can make it truth in your experience only by applying it to every appearance that faces you—on the street, at home, in school, in the factory, or in the market—always keeping before you the truth that unconditioned mind is formed as unconditioned effect.

Spiritual wisdom must be made tangible. It must bear fruit in our earthly experience, but this it cannot do if we do not become consciously aware of it. All the undiscovered inventions, sciences, and arts of the future exist in the mind, but they can come through into expression only in the degree that an individual opens their consciousness to them. So, with esoteric truth which remains something hidden until it takes form in consciousness, and then it produces an effect in the outer world.

As you know the truth, this truth will free you from all carnal mind conditions, which means all situations or circumstances conditioned by good or evil. Every bit of truth realized will help to set you free from some phase of good or evil until you attain the fulness of the spiritual Light in which Spirit through the instrument of the unconditioned mind expresses Itself as your being, body, business, home, and relationships,

But before this can happen there must be a preparation in which we abide in the Word and let the Word abide in us, in which we consciously dwell in the Word. After the experience of illumination, however, life is lived without effort and without taking thought.

Lif is unconditioned: there is no such thing as a new life or an old life, nor is there a diseased or a healthy life. Do not try to condition life! Do not try to make it good or evil! Do not try to have it up or down, longer, or shorter, for there is no such thing. If we do not accept the belief of good and evil our life is unconditioned pure spiritual being.

The tempter, the belief of good and evil, stands before us, as it did before Adam and Eve, only now we understand that life and mind are unconditioned, and we turn on the tempter as did Jesus: “Get thee behind me, Satan. I accept no conditioning of my life. My mind life, Soul, and body are unconditioned, unfettered, and free knowing neither good nor evil, knowing only God-being, pure Spirit, pure Soul, pure Life.”

This morning I went on an errand run to Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought a bale of pine straw, 5 more Caladium Flowers,  1 tray of Begonieas, and 1 tray of Petunias. My second stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I dropped off a prescription and picked up a prescription.

This afternoon I transplanted the 5 Caladium into the top layer of the Flower Garden in the Middle of the Moss Garden. And then I planted two flats of red and white flowers, that didn’t have a label on them around the second layer of the Flower Garden. Then I replaced the netting over the Flower Garden to protect the flowers from the deer.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 21

Lovers Before The Holy Spirit

I am of the principle of the full consciousness of Love, and I greet you as the living Word of the most high.

Know ye that men and women alike are as lovers before the Holy Spirit, to be impregnated with the divine, that, within illusion, manifestation of the creative renewal of the infinite Love of Jesus the Christ may take place.

Sexuality is seen only as its gross aspect by most who live the earthly life. Yet there is enormous polarity betwixt the pilgrim and the Holy Spirit. The Holy Spirit is not nurturer alone but impregnator, that each pilgrim may be full of that which is born of the Spirit and not of flesh.

Know that you may carry the living Word, the Christed consciousness that was, and is, and always shall be with and in Jesus the Christ. And embrace, as lovers, that life-giving Love of the heavenly seeds within.

We leave you in the expectant peace of all who await the spirit of the living Christ, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of Love and open our hearts minds, and souls to send Love, Light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite Love, Light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our Love, Light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Yadda and L/Leema channelings for this session come from July 14, 1985:

(Carla channeling)

I am Yadda. I great you in Love and Light of infinite Creator. We argue with this instrument. We say, “We want to come and say ‘Hi’ to our friend, J,” and we could not do it at first because this instrument say, “Oh, but the big one is yet to come, don’t do this now,” and we say, “No, no; we just want to say ‘Hello.’” So, the instrument say, “Okay,” and here we are.

The expression of joy that takes place when souls band together in Love, not of earthly things but of metaphysical, is tremendous, and this expression of joy is with us now. Our gratitude knows no bounds, and we thank you for allowing us to be a part of session today. We shall be silent now, silent but joyful, and so very, very much blessed to share this time with you. We are not blessed because you are such wonderful characters, because of your amazing personalities, or your reputations; we are not interested in that part of you. This is not the local train here; we are talking about long-distance traveling. We are joyful because of the long-distance traveler that is your consciousness. How beautiful it is; how beautiful and perfect you are, and how much joy there is to share in an infinitely joyful creation.

We leave this instrument now, full of the Love and the Light of infinite Creator. I Yadda. Farewell. Farewell.

(Carla channeling)

I am L/Leema, and I greet you, my friends, in the Love and in the infinite Light of the one Creator. We apologize for the delay in our speaking with you. However, we ran into what we consider to be a noteworthy problem which we wish to share with you, for it bears upon each of your spiritual endeavors at this time to a certain extent.

When this instrument challenged us, we responded by saying, “Yes, my child, we do come in the name of Christ.” This is the same answer that this instrument is used to receiving from the one known to you as Hatonn. Therefore, the instrument repeated the challenge, and hearing the answer once again, asked who we were. We projected the vibration that is our signature for name. You would think of it more as a musical tone, with overtones and undertones, than a word. As you may have noticed from our need to scan the instrument from time to time to select an appropriate word, we do not use words. Therefore, there was some delay while we established that we were indeed known to this group as L/Leema. These and other spiritual metaphysical and religious names are, for the most part, intended to convey some small idea of the vibration that is who we are. However, those of the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator do not actually have names as you know them, as they are not necessary unless one is unable to speak mind to mind and to recognize musical tones.

We shall now address the question at hand which has to do with values and virtues, what they are, what effect they have upon you, what effect you have practicing that which you come to, shall we say, understand. Perhaps the strongest desire within the mundane world is the desire to live and be loved, to appreciate and to be appreciated. You will find two things to be true about this characteristic of your people. Firstly, those who use their lives pleasing others to the exclusion of knowing the self have gained in the eyes of your world, but have lost the power to make the choice. The second thing that is true about the need to Love and the need to be appreciated is that the societal values change, and, therefore, the actual polarity of your intended action is various. Sometimes you polarize well, and sometimes there is a negative polarization as you move away from the seeking of truth.

Now, we know what values are not, that is, values are not imposed from without. It is your birthright and as a conscious seeker your responsibility to seek in every way possible to know yourself. To put it another way, it is your responsibility to seek the Creator in yourself and in all things. Values, then, come from within. However, as a mundane personality, the seeking student is precisely as fallible as the person who previously told the seeker what to do in order to be loved. Therefore, we eliminate also from value the mundane considerations of the self for the self. The question is, what is left to form value? That is a question worth asking. If you have been impressed with feelings, energies and disciplines that seem to you to be of aid in a metaphysical manner, then you have been given the gift of learning. In the process of being given this gift, you have given something up. In fact, the only way that we know of—and remember we are fallible also—to have access to a clearer knowledge of what has value is to lose the self. The more of yourself that you lose, the more of the selfhood that may be overtaken and imbued with that greater self that some call the higher self, and others call the Creator within.

In this session L/Leema spoke about the concepts of value and virtue. They began by saying we shall now address the question at hand which has to do with values and virtues, what they are, what effect they have upon you, what effect you have practicing that which you come to understand, so the strongest desire within the mundane world is the desire to live and be loved, to appreciate and to be appreciated, and you will find two things to be true about this characteristic of your people, so, firstly, those who use their lives pleasing others to the exclusion of knowing the self have gained in the eyes of your world, but have lost the power to make the choice, and the second thing that is true about the need to Love and the need to be appreciated is that the societal values change, and the polarity of your intended action is various, for sometimes you polarize well, and sometimes there is a negative polarization as you move away from the seeking of truth. L/Leema went on to say we know that values are not imposed from without, and it is your birthright and, as a conscious seeker, your responsibility to seek in every way possible to know yourself, or to put it another way, it is your responsibility to seek the Creator in yourself and in all things, so values come from within, but as a mundane personality, the seeking student is as fallible as the person who previously told the seeker what to do in order to be loved, so we eliminate from value the mundane considerations of the self for the self, so: “The question is, what is left to form value?” L/Leema said if you have been impressed with feelings, energies, and disciplines that seem to you to be of aid in a metaphysical manner, then you have been given the gift of learning, and in the process of being given this gift, you have given something up, for the only way that we know of—and remember we are fallible also—to have access to a clearer knowledge of what has value is to lose the self, for the more of yourself that you lose, the more of the selfhood that may be imbued with the higher self or the Creator within. On June 6, 1982, Hatonn described the value of losing the self:

Manifestations of Love are far more successfully accomplished when contact is remembered with an infinite source of that which supplies all manifestations. You within the illusion will run completely out of the supply of what you call love, patience, kindness. It would be unnatural were it any other way. The Creator within you is a fountainhead of Love, for this is the very thought which created all that is in manifestation.

Find your first contact with this consciousness, and you will find a new level to seek in meditation. From this level, my friends, you may go on to do many things. You may seek to lose the self in an ocean of infinite Love, so that you cease being the person with a heart and a mind and become one with the Creator. In this mode, you become a creature almost incapable of judgment. There is no judgment of fellow beings or of yourself at this stage of meditation. This is a great healer of yourself and of others. And on those occasions, rare though they might be, when you are capable of reaching this particular configuration of mind, that concern which you may have brought into meditation is in contact with the greatest healing power in the universe.

Thusly, that which has value is that which comes from within, that which has been paid for by the surrender of the smaller self, and that which is let loose from you in a manner completely free to the world about you, whether it be one person, many people, or simply the environment in which you have your being. Your state of mind when you are in the impersonal self has innate value which is the highest value of which we are aware, of which you are capable of achieving in your third density at this particular stage of your development. Indeed, in a more and more refined way, this is all any particle of consciousness has to offer—its birthright. That birthright is nothing less than a single and original Thought before which there was no thought. That Thought, that Creator of all that there is, is Love, guided only by free will. Examine yourself at this moment. What in you is of value? In your heart, you know. There is that within you that is utterly priceless. It is surrounded by a great deal of illusion, and you are seeking to pierce the veil of that illusion.

As to virtues, we find that the list is long and well-known. Much can be quoted from holy books about virtue. The virtues always include patience, hope, charity, spiritual seeking, politeness to others, a cheerful attitude, and so forth and so on. The list of seeming virtues is endless. But, like a skin disease, which also seems endless when one is a—we scan—teenager, so these virtues come and go. They are only skin deep. It is not that the list is wrong, it is that the culture which you now enjoy and experience believes in inculcating virtue from the outside inward, working from a list of rules: do this, but don’t do that, and while you’re at it, don’t do that either, and there is a third, and a fourth, and fifth thing and so forth. This is not true of virtue, although there is the potential always for significant polarization in one who desires so utterly to bring pleasure to those around it that it is willing to assume the various postures which are designed to be most appropriate and acceptable.

L/Leema continued by saying that which has value is that which comes from within, and that which is let loose from you in a manner free to the world about you, whether it be one person, many people, or the environment in which you have your being, for your state of mind when you are in the impersonal self has value which is the highest value of which we are aware, of which you are capable of achieving in your third density at this particular stage of your development, yet in a more refined way, this is all any particle of consciousness has to offer—its birthright, and that birthright is an original Thought before which there was no thought, so that Thought is the Creator of all that there is, Love, guided only by free will, so examine yourself at this moment, for in your heart, you know there is that within you that is priceless, but it is surrounded by a great deal of illusion, and you are seeking to pierce the veil of that illusion. Now L/Leema said as to virtues, we find that the list is long and well-known, and much can be quoted from holy books about virtues that include patience, hope, charity, and spiritual seeking, but like a skin disease, which also seems endless when one is a teenager, so these virtues come and go, yet it is not that the list is wrong, it is that the culture which you now enjoy believes in adding virtue from the outside inward, working from a list of rules: do this, but don’t do that, and while you’re at it, don’t do that either, and there is a third, and a fourth, and fifth thing and so forth, but this is not true of virtue, although there is the potential always for polarization in one who desires to bring pleasure to those around it, so that it is willing to assume the postures which are designed to be appropriate. On September 30, 1990, Q’uo spoke of the nature of virtue:

As you are aware, there is great virtue in this kind of pattern of behavior, for it continually stretches the limitations and strengthens the will in so doing. There is also, as you have mentioned, great virtue in being able to accept one’s limitations, accept that which cannot be changed, and look for the door that is opened when another is closed. It is well that one in your position develops the ability for such acceptance, for the limitations, as it is well known to you, are relatively set.

True virtue is a natural overflowing and outpouring of that contact with Love which you keep fresh by meditation, prayer, contemplation, and the analysis of your thoughts, each in a degree to which each aids you personally. Virtue is, in essence, a state of being rather than a process of doing. As with value, the one who is virtuous is first the sufferer, for it is painful to relinquish the amount of control over one’s incarnational experience necessary to allow the principle of seeking to work. The principle of seeking is, to the best of our knowledge, infallible. There are no occasions when it does not work. The time frames may change from experience to experience, but if you seek, you will find. And if you seek the truth, you find yourself surrendering more and more of that which you may have considered very special about yourself in order to get on with the seeking of something called Love, something that is impersonal, and yet something that, once touched, seems worth more than all the precious booty one can imagine, whether that treasure be fame, fortune, power, success or knowledge.

In the Light of the tabernacle which you once established, near the fire of your own holy ground, much is burned away that you would cherish. That which must be relinquished is different for each unique seeker. It is not for us to describe stumbling blocks; we who describe them may put one before you. It is enough to say that the stumbling blocks are in the self, and when it is recognized that there is something that is keeping you from the opportunity for contact with intelligent infinity, there is value and virtue in the decision to surrendering whatever it may, whatever part of your personality it may be.

Now L/Leema said true virtue is a natural outpouring of that contact with Love which you keep fresh by meditation, prayer, contemplation, and the analysis of your thoughts, each in a degree to which each aids you, and virtue is a state of being rather than a process of doing, so as with value, the one who is virtuous is first the sufferer, for it is painful to relinquish the amount of control over one’s incarnational experience necessary to allow the principle of seeking to work, for the principle of seeking is infallible, but there are no occasions when it does not work, yet the time frames may change from experience to experience, but if you seek, you will find, and if you seek the truth, you find yourself surrendering more of that which you may have considered special about yourself in order to get on with the seeking of Love, something that is impersonal, and yet something that, once touched, seems worth more than all the precious booty one can imagine, whether that treasure be fortune, power, or knowledge. L/Leema went on to say in the Light of the tabernacle which you once established, near the fire of your holy ground, much is burned away that you would cherish, for that which must be relinquished is different for each seeker, but it is not for us to describe stumbling blocks, and it is enough to say that the stumbling blocks are in the self, so when it is recognized that there is something that is keeping you from the opportunity for contact with intelligent infinity, there is virtue in the decision to surrendering whatever part of your personality it may be. On September 30, 1990, Q’uo spoke of the concept of virtue:

However, we shall comment by suggesting that you have learned well a part of your personality structure is that which moves against limitation and exercises the will and the faith mightily in this effort. As you are aware, there is great virtue in this kind of pattern of behavior, for it continually stretches the limitations and strengthens the will in so doing. There is also, as you have mentioned, great virtue in being able to accept one’s limitations, accept that which cannot be changed, and look for the door that is opened when another is closed. It is well that one in your position develops the ability for such acceptance, for the limitations, as it is well known to you, are relatively set.

The balance between these two modes of being is that balance which, when finally struck, will allow the greatest amount and quality of growth within your life pattern. It is the nature of this balance which is best discovered through your own efforts. However, we shall say that you have done well in your diligent pursuit of this balance, and we would counsel a quieting of concerns to a large degree in this area.

Each of you has seen transcendent beings, beings that were radiant, that glowed from within, and each has thought, “What a wonderful thing it must be to be so virtuous.” The wonderful thing is, subjectively, that there is contact with Love. That contact is so powerful that it creates value and manifests it in a clear channel. And what is that value, my friends? That value may be seen in the smile that lightens someone’s day, a soft answer to a hard question, an insightful question to one who is muddled. What is value, my friends? Value is that which adds to someone or to someone’s experience. What is the nature of addition? The nature of spiritual addition is that it is infinite. You do not have infinite powers as a mundane personality.

Thus, true value is the spiritual. You are a channel for it, and it comes through you. Try to do the valuable thing on your own recognizance, and you will find yourself in deep trouble, for each entity has designed situations, both of a general and a specific nature, which are for the sole purpose of learning a lesson you feel as your higher self before birth that you need to learn in a more fastidious or complete way. Any attempt to seek healing, the giving of Love, the giving of any value at all, without first immersing the self within the greater self of the creation, is going to run into one of the situations which you have planned each of you for yourself, situations that will say, sometimes rather clearly, you are a limited being as long as you do not seek Love. What has virtue? The seeking of truth. What is the nature of truth? To use a sadly overused word, love. What has virtue? That which has virtue is that which is intended to manifest, and to praise, and bear witness to the Creator and the infinite Love, the infinite joy and the infinite peace in which we are created and have our being.

L/Leema continued by saying each of you has seen transcendent beings that were radiant, that glowed from within, and each has thought, “What a wonderful thing it must be to be so virtuous,” and the wonderful thing is that there is contact with Love, and that contact is so powerful that it creates value and manifests it in a clear channel, so that value may be seen in the smile that lightens someone’s day, a soft answer to a hard question, an insightful question to one who is muddled, for value is that which adds to someone’s experience, and the nature of spiritual addition is that it is infinite, but you do not have infinite powers as a mundane personality. L/Leema continued by saying true value is spiritual, and you are a channel for it, so try to do the valuable thing with your own abilities, and you will find yourself in trouble, for each entity has designed situations, both of a general and a specific nature, which are for the purpose of learning a lesson you feel, as your higher self before birth, that you need to learn in a more complete way, for any attempt to seek healing, the giving of Love, the giving of any value at all, without first immersing the self within the Greater Self of the creation, is going to run into one of the situations which you have planned for yourself, situations that will say that you are a limited being as long as you do not seek Love, so virtue is the seeking of truth, and Love is the nature of truth, and that which has virtue is that which is intended to manifest, to praise, and to bear witness to the Creator and the infinite Love, the infinite joy and the infinite peace in which we are created and have our being. On March 11, 2023, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the infinite Love of the Creator:

The heart is, indeed, the most central chakra or energy center within the human body and within the energy body. That is the measure of an entity’s spiritual evolution. The heart is that which can be opened to the infinite Love of the One Creator that made the universe by the power of Love and each entity and substance and quality and plant by the power of Love. The power of Love is a kind of medicine, shall we say, of the spiritual nature. It is that which sustains your spiritual life. The open heart is that which can become an enlivener to those around you as you shine your love and light and unconditional Love to those around you. When you experience what you have called the broken heart, it is more of an emotional experience of the mind which is connected to the heart in a way that steps down the ability of the heart to heal in a way that can be utilized by anyone who seeks to heal the broken heart. That is to say that the mind is more of the quality of the being that feels the brokenness of the heart, when actually the heart is that which cannot actually be broken, for it is your connection to the Infinite Creator.

We realize that there are those with children. To be of value to one’s children is an especially challenging task. And yet, the rules hold true. When you, each of you, interact with the child, attempt to make even more room than usual for that great channel of Love, for while you are channeling that Love, you will know what to say; you will feel strongly about what will aid and what will discipline helpfully. Perhaps most fundamentally the aid of children that is of value to the greatest extent is that aid which involves familiarizing your child with your own understanding of your own nature. Let there be a place for meditation in your dwelling, and let meditation be an accepted part of the day, for this is the grounding for you and for all. The child learns first by example.

We do not suggest that your learning be made public, for, indeed, each of us learns within. We only suggest that the process of going to your private place and meditating, or contemplating, or praying be made a normal and, from the parent’s point of view, necessary portion of the daily activity. This will aid children greatly in grasping the process in their turn of becoming an impersonal channel for the infinitely personal compassion and wisdom of the one Creator. We fear we have exceeded our time limit but hope we have given you enough to think about. It is indeed a tremendous pleasure to be able to speak to you and to be able to use this instrument, and we so appreciate your taking our suggestion and forming the group question, that this instrument may be in no danger whatsoever because of the question and answer format, which is not helpful for this instrument at this time. Rather than…

Now L/Leema said we realize that there are those with children, and to be of value to one’s children is a challenging task, yet the rules hold true, so when each of you interacts with the child, attempt to make more room than usual for that channel of Love, for while you are channeling that Love you will know what to say, and you will feel strongly about what will aid and what will discipline helpfully, but the aid of children that is of value to the greatest extent is that aid which involves familiarizing your child with your understanding of your nature, so let there be a place for meditation in your dwelling, and let meditation be an accepted part of the day, for this is the grounding for you and for all since the child learns first by example. L/Leema went on to say we do not suggest that your learning be made public, for each of us learns within, so we only suggest that the process of going to your private place and meditating, or contemplating, or praying be made a normal and, from the parent’s point of view, necessary portion of the daily activity, for this will aid children in grasping the process in their turn of becoming an impersonal channel for the infinitely personal compassion and wisdom of the one Creator, but we fear we have exceeded our time limit but hope we have given you enough to think about, for it is a pleasure to be able to speak to you and to be able to use this instrument, and we appreciate your taking our suggestion and forming the group question, that this instrument may be in no danger because of the question and answer format, which is not helpful for this instrument at this time. On June 2, 1985, L/Leema explained why they could not use the question and answer format with Carla:

It is a pure delight to us that you have in your discussion this evening asked for information on a certain subject, that being the only way we may channel answers through this instrument for this instrument is not allowed, nor should she be, to use the question and answer format, lest this instrument move into that which you call the trance state.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

Rather than closing, we are going to attempt to transfer this contact to the one known as Jim. It is an experiment and may not work. This instrument may prefer to work with those of Latwii to the exclusion of working with us. Therefore, we offer this instrument the choice and would at this time offer the transfer to the one known as Jim. We leave this instrument. I am L/Leema.

(Jim channeling)

I am L/Leema, and we are happy to greet you through this instrument. Again, we greet you in Love and Light. We have offered the opportunity of the transfer of our contact in order that we might attempt any further queries which any within this group might have left for the evening. May we serve in that capacity with another query?

Carla: If nobody else has one, while I’m pulling my cramp out of my big toe, I would ask one written by L. It’s his number three, and I will read it to you whole and let you chop it up later or have it read in any way that you would like it read.

The question reads: “Love is the paramount truth. This becomes clear in time and under various lights to all diligent students and seekers after truth. Consciousness is the essence of all things. This also comes to be literally felt as truth under various lights by all such also. Love expresses into a myriad hierarchy of consciousness which by sufficient analysis/devotion resolves into a single non-hierarchical consciousness. Are these statements correct?”

I am L/Leema, and we scan again the statements for their correctness. We find that with these particular statements, we view that which is the perception of a diligent seeker. The perception of any diligent seeker is correct in respect to that seeker. Each who seeks what may be called truth and finds any manifestation of that truth which may be called Love will discover these portions of truth in a manner which is consummate with that seeker’s nature. Each entity and portion of the Creator is an unique portion. Though all seek the same central truths, each approaches this truth from a somewhat different angle than does any other seeker. Therefore, though there will be many similarities in truths found by diligent seekers, there will always be those unique qualities that permit each seeker its identity. As this identity is developed to such an extent that it may become fully one with that which it seeks, it then may be given up in larger and larger portion in order that that unity may be fully realized, thus the great cycle of evolution completes itself within each portion of the one Creator. At the heart of all creation is that quality called Love. It enables and ennobles each portion of the creation. All are moved by its power, yet each perceives it differently until there is no perception and only identity. Then all perceive as one.

Carla asked a question for L: “Love is the paramount truth. This becomes clear in time and under various lights to all diligent students and seekers after truth. Consciousness is the essence of all things. This also comes to be literally felt as truth under various lights by all. Love expresses into a myriad hierarchy of consciousness which by sufficient analysis/devotion resolves into a single non-hierarchical consciousness. Are these statements correct?” L/Leema replied we find that with these statements, we view that which is the perception of a diligent seeker, and the perception of any seeker is correct in respect to that seeker, and each who seeks the truth and finds any manifestation of that truth called Love will discover these portions of truth in a manner which matches that seeker’s nature, for each entity and portion of the Creator is an unique portion, yet all seek the same truths, and each approaches this truth from a different angle than does any other seeker, so though there will be similarities in truths found by diligent seekers, there will always be those unique qualities that permit each seeker its identity, for as this identity is developed in a way that it may become one with that which it seeks, it then may be given up in a larger way in order that unity may be realized as the cycle of evolution completes itself within each portion of the Creator, for at the heart of all creation is Love that enables and ennobles each portion of the creation, for all are moved by its power, yet each perceives it differently until there is no perception and only identity, and then all perceive as one. On May 15, 1983, Latwii said the heart of all creation is Love:

As you know, the cycle which is now ending upon this planet is very close at hand and its transformation has not been what you might call smooth for many upon this planet have had difficulty in realizing the Love that exists in each moment, each situation, and each entity. Therefore, the seeming inharmonious expression or perception in the mirror has been experienced by many upon this planet’s surface for a great portion of what you call time, so that these vibrations of disharmony have entered into the planet itself, and as the planet begins its transit into that density of Love, there is the momentary mismatch of vibratory frequencies. This mismatch becomes apparent to those who are sensitive in many ways, but we can assure each that the mismatch or stress suffered is but momentary, and in its way, also offers greater opportunity for each entity upon the planet, and for the planet itself, to find that Love in the moment which has not been found previously, for Love is at the heart of all creation, and no moment is without it’s own infinite share of that Love. Therefore, when such distressing feelings are felt, rejoice that the planet is giving birth to itself and each entity upon it, and that the birth is attended by Love.

May we answer in any further fashion, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you. There is more to the question which I will finish reading. I just couldn’t stand to read the whole thing. The rest of the question reads: “Yogananda speaks of human consciousness/subconscious/superconscious/Christ consciousness/cosmic consciousness. Might this typology be useful in further explicating the above observations?”

I am L/Leema, and we find that this query opens a great field in which the seeker may quest for truth, for, indeed, each incarnation is experience spent in a tiny portion of an entity’s beingness. That portion is what you call the conscious mind. This conscious mind moves about in what you may call an illusion, though most within your illusion feel the illusion to be quite, quite real. The conscious mind is but the tip of the mind of an entity viewed in its entirety. There is that which has been called a veil which separates the conscious mind from the greater portion of an entity’s total beingness. A large portion of that being exists as a portion of an entity’s mind complex and within this mind complex, then, will fall some of those descriptive terms given in the query. The unconscious mind is as the roots of a tree. The branches are as the conscious mind traveling down the trunk into the roots. One may see the unconscious mind moving further and deeper into those portions of mind which are shared with other beings so that there is seen a group mind of an unconscious nature that you may term racial, and in some cases, planetary. These realms of mind are often given names such as superconscious experience, for within such realms there are many beings, levels of creation, or perception, and experiences that one may have in connection with the evolutionary process ongoing in all that form this portion of mind.

As the complex of mind is followed to the limits of its creation—for all creation is a function of mind, consciously applied—there is then the opportunity for the entity or group of entities to make contact with the complex of spirit which then serves as a communicator or shuttle, as it has been called, with that which goes beyond all manifested form, beyond creation and the so-called conscious experience of creation, there is the infinity of that which is not made in any form, but which permeates all form and is, shall we say, the substance from which all which is made is made. This is the unity of infinite intelligence, the being of the one Creator without distortion of any kind. Thus, those terms which were given in the query are terms which are generally applied to the ever-expanding process of the seeker’s seeking wider and wider points from which to view the universe, its own being, and its being’s movement through this universe.

Carla asked another question for L: “Yogananda speaks of human consciousness/subconscious/superconscious/Christ consciousness/cosmic consciousness. Might this typology be useful in further explicating the above observations?” L/Leema said each incarnation is an experience spent in a tiny portion of an entity’s conscious mind which moves about in an illusion, though most within your illusion feel the illusion to be quite real, but the conscious mind is the tip of the mind of an entity viewed in its entirety, and there is the veil which separates the conscious mind from the greater portion of an entity’s total beingness, for a large portion of that being exists as a portion of an entity’s mind complex, and within this mind complex will fall some of those terms given in the query, so the unconscious mind is as the roots of a tree where the branches are as the conscious mind traveling down the trunk into the roots where one may see the unconscious mind moving deeper into those portions of mind which are shared with other beings, so there is seen a group mind of an unconscious nature that you may term racial or planetary, and these realms of mind are given names such as superconscious experience, for within such realms there are many beings, levels of creation, or perception, and experiences that one may have in connection with the evolutionary process ongoing in all that form this portion of mind. Now L/Leema said as the complex of mind is followed to the limits of its creation there is the opportunity for the entity to make contact with the complex of spirit which serves as a shuttle with that which goes beyond creation and the conscious experience of creation, and there is the infinity of that which is not made in any form, but which permeates all form and is the substance from which all is made, for this is the unity of infinite intelligence, the being of the one Creator without distortion of any kind, so those terms which were given in the query are terms which are applied to the ever-expanding process of the seeker’s seeking wider points from which to view the universe, its own being, and its being’s movement through this universe. On September 14, 1986, Q’uo described the nature of our complex of mind:

The usefulness of the information, in our humble opinion, is that which is of most importance, and the source, then, is of secondary consideration, for any entity consciously seeking the keys to its own evolution may find those keys and the doors which they open in any of many, many possible locations, both within the mind and outside of the complex of mind. The entity will draw unto itself those means of receiving information which have the greatest compatibility with the current frequency or level of seeking of that entity. Thus, the means change as the entity proceeds upon its own personal path of growth.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, I thank you for L.

I am L/Leema, and we thank both the one known as L and you, my sister. Is there another query?

Carla: Well, I’ll ask one last one. This one is just from Carla. I was really interested in the question tonight because I have been, ever since my friend, Don, died, feeling about as low as you can get, not only because of grieving, which is substantial and I expect will go on for some years, because we adored each other, but also because I feel so full of iniquity and sin. I can think of so many things, had I known that the man was so close to suicide, that I might have been able to get up the energy to do a little differently, even though I was under a lot of stress, if I had known how critical everything was. I keep going back and seeing one omission or commission after another that if I could take it back, I would give my life to do so. And so, I have never in my life felt so empty of virtue. And I wonder if you could comment on the subjective feeling of a person who attempts with all her heart to find value and to be virtuous as opposed to the objective or inner, shall we say, beyond the veiled reality of virtue and value.

I am L/Leema, and we feel that we have sufficient grasp of your query that we may comment within the boundaries of the Law of Confusion. As the small self which you are, seemingly, at this time moves in various patterns through the illusion, it is planned aforetimes that there will be the difficulties that will test certain, shall we say, characteristics, or as others may call them, virtues of the entity. These characteristics have been formed through great effort in many incarnational experiences. They may not be easily recognized by your people as obviously virtuous, for many are beyond the description of words commonly associated with virtuosity. In the difficult experience, and by this we suggest that a challenge has been presented and the limitations of the small self have been stretched near to breaking, the entity has the opportunity to examine not only its performance or ability to meet the challenge which is a portion of the learning, but has the opportunity to view its own response to what it calls a failure, or what you have called the iniquity, the sin, that which has missed the mark. This is a greater portion of the learning, for within your illusion and within those small selves who populate your illusion, you find the challenges are infinite, yet the ability to meet such challenges is finite. It has limitations designed to form the very personality or small self which you seem to be. Limitations are merely the extent of manifestation of a certain character trait, thus they are not strictly or correctly defined as only a limitation.

Taken in sum, these various character traits, then, are the significant portion that is experiencing the incarnation in order to further develop or finely balance these energy patterns. For any such development or balancing process, the self must have a certain feeling of value or worth in order that there be the motivation or reason to continue learning. As your small self looks upon your so-called failures and makes its judgment, then it further biases the small self’s view of itself in whatever direction, whether it be acceptance or lack of acceptance. Thus, a basic bias is offered an opportunity for further bias or further balance according to the needs of the entity in the total scope of its being.

Carla asked: “And I wonder if you could comment on the subjective feeling of a person who attempts with all her heart to find value and to be virtuous as opposed to the objective or inner, shall we say, beyond the veiled reality of virtue and value.” L/Leema replied as the small self which you are at this time moves in patterns through the illusion, it is planned that there will be difficulties that will test certain virtues of the entity, and these characteristics have been formed through great effort in many incarnational experiences, but they may not be recognized by your people as virtuous, for many are beyond the description of words associated with virtuosity, for in the difficult experience the entity has the opportunity to examine its ability to meet the challenge which is a portion of the learning, but it has the opportunity to view its response to a failure, and this is a greater portion of the learning, for within your illusion, and within those small selves who populate your illusion, you find the challenges are infinite, yet the ability to meet such challenges is finite, for it has limitations designed to form the personality which you seem to be, so limitations are the extent of manifestation of a certain character trait, and they are not correctly defined as only a limitation. Now Latwii said these character traits are the significant portion that is experiencing the incarnation in order to further balance these energy patterns, for any balancing process the self must have a certain feeling of worth in order that there be the reason to continue learning, for as your small self looks upon your failures and makes its judgment, then it further biases the small self’s view of itself in whatever direction, whether it be acceptance or lack of acceptance, for a basic bias is offered an opportunity for further balance according to the needs of the entity in the total scope of its being. On December 27, 1987, Q’uo spoke of the nature of being virtuous:

We intend for each to see that each is an imponderably important portion of the channeled cumulative value of humankind at this time, and insofar as struggles have been rewarded with virtuous hope, as difficult dealings have been faced with honest courage, so moves the labyrinth of humankind, slowly yielding to the carefully penciled traces of the path we must retrace to that source of all channeling, of all being, the one infinite Creator.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: That in itself is a complete answer, but I would like to press forward with just one point which I just neglected to put into the first part. It was in my mind, but I didn’t get it out. During the period that I’m speaking of, which lasted about a year, I guess, before Don died, I had to make decisions many times. And I don’t think I’ve ever prayed as hard in my life—ever. And each time I had to make the decision to do this or to do that, to sympathize or try to indicate, “No, this is not normal, this is abnormal; how can I help you get well?” that kind of thing, it seemed at the time that I had prayed it through, and that I had meditated, and that I was not running on my own steam but that I did have access to the higher self. And yet, all of those wise decisions all added up to an outcome which was, to my little self, vastly not to be desired. So, is part of what you’re saying, or what you were saying through me earlier about virtue, that it is liable to be unpopular and misunderstood, and seeming to miss the mark completely?

I am L/Leema, and we agree with this summary, shall we say, of our previous comments in response to your specific query, for that which has value to the total being may be that which is quite misunderstood by the small self which is, shall we say, bearing the weight of that which it does not and in some ways cannot understand. Such a burden increases the difficulty of any lesson. Yet at the same time such a burden increases the value or weight of the lesson when it is learned.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you. Thank you very much.

I am L/Leema, and we are grateful to you, my sister. Is there another query?

[Pause]

I am L/Leema, and we thank you, each of you, for allowing our presence and humble words to be shared this evening. We are grateful beyond all words to be able to join a group such as this one which seeks the truth without pretense or presupposition that such truth is already possessed. We are with you at your request and shall at this time leave this instrument and this group, rejoicing in the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. We are L/Leema. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning the quote from The Thunder of Silence is: “Actually, there is no such thing as carnal mind because there is but one mind, and it is unconditioned. It is not mortal; It is not human; it cannot be named, described, or analyzed. That which we call carnal mind is merely a belief in two powers, and when you recognize that, you can stop fighting error or trying to overcome it, rise above it, or remove it. Never try to protect yourself from mortal mind or carnal mind. The nature of any protective work must be your realization that there are not two powers, and all you ever have to protect yourself from is that belief in two powers.

As you begin to perceive that mind is unconditioned, your thoughts never turn to the subject of good or evil. You are just living each circumstance of life as it comes along. This does not mean withdrawing from the world: it means being in the world but not of it, living each experience without trying to cling to it if it seems good or without trying to get rid of it if it seems evil. It is a life of nonattachment to things. It is only when we are trying to cling to something or to somebody or trying to get rid of someone or some condition that we are attached.

The moment that you think of mind in terms of your mind and my mind, separate and apart from the one unconditioned mind, you have missed the point; but once you begin to understand that there is only one mind, you will never do anything unless it is in keeping with God’s law. It will never be your will or my will: it will be God’s will.

In the surrender of personal will, this unconditioned mind can operate in us and through us. As long as we condition our mind with beliefs of good and evil, we will bring forth good and evil in  proportion to our faith or belief. As a person becomes convinced in their heart, so it is unto them. It is all a matter of conditioning, and you can condition yourself for good or for evil; but when you leave the realm of conditioning, you are in the ream of that mind which was also in Christ Jesus.

In all the healings that Jesus brought forth in His ministry, it was the Father’s will that was being performed through Him, and He knew that it was not His mind, but the Father’s mind: it was the unconditioned mind. Therefore, He could say to a blind man, “Open your eyes.” He could say to the crippled man, “What did hinder you?” In other words, there was no conditioned condition in His consciousness. There was only unconditioned mid which is neither healthy nor sick, neither rich no poor.”

This morning I went outside and used Whip Lash to weed Little Locust Creek, the back deck area, and the area around the cross in the back yard. Then I ran a couple errand with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought four flats of Caladium        . My next stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I dropped off a prescription to be filled. Then I bought some Kleenexes and some ice cream.

When I got home, I used Whip Lash to trim the Henbit vines off of the pine straw that mulches my Azaleas just off my back deck and then in the Azalea Garden in the Cross Area in the back yard. Then I put three bales of pine straw over the old pine straw. Then I used Whip Lash to weed around the giant Sycamore and the Flower Garden in the middle of The Moss Garden in my back yard. Then I used Whip Lash to trim the weeds in Little Locust Creek in my side and back yards.

This afternoon I transplanted Begonias on the southeast corner of the Flower Garden in the middle of the Moss Garden. Then I transplanted Rose Calibrachoa flowers half way around the second layer of the Flower Garden in the middle of the Moss Garden. There were some of the flowers that I bought today that didn’t have labels on them. One of them I transplanted in the middle of the Flower Garden, another on half the second level of the Flower Garden, another on the Flower Garden on the northwest side of the Flower Garden, and another one on the east side of the Flower Garden. Then I covered all of the Flower Garden with netting to protect the flowers from the deer. The I used the sprinkler to water all of the Flower Garden.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 20

The Heritage Of Christ

I am of the principle of the full consciousness of Love.

Once, many years ago, a man you call Jesus walked upon the dry soil of his native land. The reality of an incarnation is such that at times it may blind those who follow such an incarnation of Christhood to the eternal and immutable consciousness of Christ which was carried within that incarnation, but which is available always for those who seek this consciousness.

It is not an illusion or a delusion to seek the consciousness of Christ. Focusing upon the incarnation of Jesus the Christ is a tool and a resource, a blessing and a gift.

However, the very air that you breathe carries the consciousness of Christhood.

Know that you are channels of the consciousness of Christ and, insofar as you may give yourself over entirely to that consciousness, others shall see Christ through you. For are you not also the sons and daughters of humankind? Do you not also share the heritage which Jesus offered for all? We encourage you to refrain from despair in focusing upon the incarnation of Jesus and contrasting it with your own consciousness.

Peace be with you as you create new life by your consciousness, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of Love and open our hearts minds, and souls to send Love, Light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite Love, Light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our Love, Light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Yadda, L/Leema, Latwii, and Nona channelings for this session come from June 30, 1985:

(Carla channeling)

I am Yadda. I greet you in Love and Light of our infinite Creator. We are so grateful to be with you this evening and we have no words of wisdom for you, but only wish to say, “Hi”—is that how you say? Or “Hello” or “Howdy.” To the one known as J especially we wish also to make very clear… that was good; did you hear that? We said “clear”… that we at any time can be called upon with the internal mechanisms of your mind and we shall be with you. We are always happy to be with you in meditation or at any time you may call us that we may deepen your meditation or just hang out, as this instrument would say. We leave you now in the Love and in the Light of the One. We wish to leave quickly. Adonai, my friends. We are those of Yadda, and it is in joy that we have been able to come to speak briefly with you. Adonai. Adonai.

(Carla channeling)

I am L/Leema, and I greet you in the Love and in the Light of our infinite Creator. It is, indeed, a privilege for us to blend our life energies with your own as we both walk, one thought, one foot, one idea ahead of the other through a long path, a long life, and one long question that has many ramifications. At this minute, this instrument does not know which of the two group questions we have been privileged to choose as we are using the word-by-word method of communication with this instrument, and so the instrument is concentrating too much on the next word to be aware of the next concept.

It is because of the makeup of the group this evening that we choose the question concerning communication within the so-called spirit worlds. Many of the concepts which work into the answer we would like to give to the question concerning your “day of wrath” or the “beginning of the golden age”—depending upon your state of mind towards this grand event—are simply not available to some of those present, and without these concepts the answer would be basically an exercise in futility, not a kind of exercise which we wish to let you appreciate at this time since it is rather tedious to be bored. Therefore, we would like to take the question and look at it very carefully because there are many, many entities in a very crowded universe that wish to talk to entities upon your sphere and indeed do talk to entities upon and within your sphere.

The most prevalent channeling which you shall experience in your incarnation is the channeling of the self. Although you are consciousness and simplicity itself, your own simplicity is hidden from you in a geometrically precise and somewhat penetrable manner. Therefore, in order to understand and manifest those portions of yourself which lie beneath the surface of the personality, in order to perceive how that change of the outer self might be made to conform to the inner self and so forth. Avenues are set up within your mind, body, and spirit so that information can be passed from your deep self to your surface self. It is seldom that you speak your own words; it is usual that you channel a portion of your complete self. Almost all human communication is both made possible, and greatly hindered, by the fact that entities do not communicate with their entire selves but communicate with the portion of the self which is available to the self at that particular moment. The amount of the self which is available for self-knowledge is dependent upon the amount of the self that was available to the entity at birth, the amount of aid that the entity may have had by those teachers which aided the entity through childhood, and by the entity’s own will to learn and to know.

In this session L/Leema spoke about our communication with the spirit world. They began by saying it is because of the makeup of the group this evening that we choose the question concerning communication within the spirit worlds, for many of the concepts which work into the answer we would like to give to the question concerning your “day of wrath” or the “beginning of the golden age”—depending upon your state of mind towards this grand event—are simply not available to some of those present, and without these concepts the answer would be an exercise in futility, not a kind of exercise which we wish to let you appreciate at this time since it is tedious to be bored, so we would like to take the question and look at it carefully because there are many entities in a crowded universe that wish to talk to entities upon your sphere and do talk to entities upon and within your sphere. L/Leema went on to say the most common channeling which you experience in your incarnation is the channeling of the self, and although you are consciousness and simplicity itself, your simplicity is hidden from you in a precise and penetrable manner, so in order to understand and manifest those portions of yourself which lie beneath the surface of the personality, and in order to perceive how that change of the outer self might be made to conform to the inner self, avenues are set up within your mind, body, and spirit, so that information can be passed from your deep self to your surface self, but it is seldom that you speak your own words since it is usual that you channel a portion of your complete self, yet almost all human communication is both made possible, and greatly hindered, by the fact that entities do not communicate with their entire selves but communicate with the portion of the self which is available to the self at that particular moment, so the amount of the self which is available for self-knowledge is dependent upon the amount of the self that was available to the entity at birth, the amount of aid that the entity may have had by those teachers which aided the entity through childhood, and by the entity’s own will to learn and to know. On April 19, 2009, Q’uo described the nature of our deep self:

There is far more to the presence of those who wish to help you than the simple awareness of their reality. Further than that simple awareness of help, there is the development of a conversation between the self and the unseen concerning anything and everything which is involved in your process at this time.

It is not that such sound in the ear has some kind of meaning that can be interpreted in words. It is that it is well to be aware that this presence in your life is ready to offer you the gifts of silence that flow into your deep self at a level below consciousness and that then percolate up through your dreams and your visions and your random thoughts in such a way as to strengthen your seeking, to stabilize your intentions, or to work in any other wise that is needed by you as an instrument to become better and better tuned.

Thusly, as you are reminded of the presence of help and companionship, offer gratitude and ask for that help in any way which is congruent with your desire and the nature of that help, not telling that helper what you need, but instead sharing your dreams, and your hopes, and your vision, and asking for the dreams, the hopes, and the visions of spirit to refine and further shape your gifts and your contribution of self.

As always, we recommend daily meditation, for though you may think you are listening to the silence, that silence is a link just as one of your long distance numbers. This one is very long distance, my friends; this is your link with something called infinity. It is also your link with an infinite thing called yourself. It is a most helpful type of learning and will most decidedly aid the most important channeling you will ever do, that is, yourself, communicating with a whole heart and a single mind with another entity so as to offer the most loving responses, create the most loving atmosphere, and manifest to the other self that part of the other self which is also infinite.

We shall not bore you with the details of inner and outer dimensions. That is a question in and of itself, and we need say only that there are some entities connected with the planet itself, some connected with your star system, which are called angels by many in this particular cultural subgroup of your sphere, and in the outer planes, one finds that that particular dimension is also gravid and full of those who have come to this planetary influence from elsewhere as a choice in order that they may be of service. Let us look at the way there are no differences between them. They all have the basic message. They all seem with the same degree of authority, that is, the same as ours, that is to say, we are all fallible; we make mistakes, we are foolish, and we are not to be depended upon for the ultimate truth. We do not have a corner on that market, not the outer planes and not the inner planes. That which is infinite is also unknowable. The universe begins in mystery; it also, as far we know, resolves into mystery. In between is where you are, and where we are, and we observe and watch and make our observations known to you in hopes that we may be of service in inspiring you, or nagging you, or urging you to accelerate the rate of your own growth spiritually, emotionally, mentally, and mentally/emotionally, perhaps most importantly by seeking and ever more seriously seeking something called the one original Thought.

L/Leema went on to say as always, we recommend daily meditation, for though you may think you are listening to the silence, that silence is a link just as one of your long distance numbers, and this one is very long distance, for this is your link with infinity, but it is also your link with an infinite thing called yourself, for it is a helpful type of learning and will aid the most important channeling you will ever do, that is, yourself, communicating with a whole heart and a single mind with another entity so as create the most loving atmosphere and manifest to the other self that part of the other self which is also infinite. Then L/Leema said we shall not bore you with the details of inner and outer dimensions since that is a question in and of itself, and we say that there are some entities connected with the planet itself, some connected with your star system, which are called angels by those on your sphere, and in the outer planes one finds that dimension is full of those who have come to this planetary influence from elsewhere as a choice in order that they may be of service, so let us look at the way there are no differences between them: they all have the basic message; they all seem with the same degree of authority that is the same as ours, for we are all fallible, and we are not to be depended upon for the ultimate truth, for we do not have a corner on that market on the outer planes and not in the inner planes, so that which is infinite is also unknowable, for the universe begins in mystery, and it ends in mystery, but in between is where you are, and where we are, and we observe and make our observations known to you in hopes that we may be of service in inspiring you to accelerate the rate of your growth spiritually, emotionally, mentally, and mentally/emotionally, and perhaps most importantly by seeking and ever more seriously seeking the truth, and we shall not bore you with the details of inner and outer dimensions. That is a question in and of itself, and we need say only that there are some entities connected with the planet itself, some connected with your star system, which are called angels by many in this particular cultural subgroup of your sphere, and in the outer planes, one finds that that particular dimension is also full of those who have come to this planetary influence from elsewhere as a choice in order that they may be of service, so let us look at the way there are no differences between them, for they all have the basic message, and they all seem with the same degree of authority, that is, the same as ours, that is to say, we are all fallible; we make mistakes, we are foolish, and we are not to be depended upon for the ultimate truth, but we do not have a corner on that market, not the outer planes and not the inner planes, for that which is infinite is also unknowable, so the universe begins in mystery, and, as far we know, resolves into mystery yet in between is where you are, and where we are, and we observe, and watch, and make our observations known to you in hopes that we may be of service in inspiring you, or nagging you, or urging you to accelerate the rate of your own growth spiritually, emotionally, mentally, and mentally/emotionally, perhaps most importantly by seeking and ever more seriously seeking the one original Thought. On November 21, 1982, Latwii described the nature of the one original Thought:

Consider that what you seek is a portion of the one original Thought. That Thought is unity. That Thought of the one Creator has allowed each portion of Itself to travel through Free will within the creation of the one original Thought. The journey takes many turns. Yet within each moment, Love exists. Within each moment, the Creator resides in full at all times. That this is not recognized does not diminish its truth. Such difficulties provide the stimulus for the inner seeking as the outer world begins to fade, for it becomes apparent to the seeker that Love may best be found within the heart of the being. Love then found there might be radiated, as a beacon shines light in the darkest portion of the night. Sorrow and suffering then motivate those feeling the suffering to seek more and more within, more and more in that portion of your illusion which Love inhabits purely and always readily available.

Some have called it the Truth. In this instrument’s mind, there is a pedestal: TRVTH is written upon it. That is what we attempt to bring you, the ersatz truth with a bit of sawdust in it, so that you may go within to seek the one source that is without fallibility and that is within yourself. So please use your discrimination when listening to any psychic, paranormal, or whatever you wish to call it, channeling of any kind. There is something within you that will resonate with what you need to hear and what you need to know and what you need to do. Throw the rest away. The main question remains: “Why cannot Kuthumi talk to Djwhal Khul who can then talk to Yogananda who can then talk with Ra who could then talk with L/Leema who could then talk with this instrument?” so that you could find out what Kuthumi et al were attempting to say.

One of your group members came in tonight explaining that the cassette tape recorder which this particular entity uses cannot be made compatible with any other tape recorder which this person owns. Therefore, this soul is somewhat distressed because it cannot dub off, as this instrument would say, a particular recording which is of value to the entity. This is the greatest reason for the lack of communication between middle-man, in the outer dimension especially. We say that due to the fact that ego plays a far lesser role in the outer dimension since we are all here for one specific general job. Therefore, we have fewer loyalties to any one entity. We simply do not have a patch cord that will connect an energy which demands the trance state equivalent in an instrument to that which does not demand a trance state to be given to the same instrument. They simply do not make the fittings, shall we say. It is a mechanical difficulty based upon the tuning that is necessary to receive the entity.

L/Leema continued by saying some have called it the Truth, and in Carla’s mind, there is a pedestal: TRVTH is written upon it, and that is what we attempt to bring you, the lesser truth with a bit of sawdust in it, so that you may go within to seek the one Source that is without failure and that is within yourself, yet use your discrimination when listening to paranormal channeling of any kind because there is something within you that will resonate with what you need to hear, to know, and what you need to do, and throw the rest away, for the main question remains: “Why cannot Kuthumi talk to Djwhal Khul, who can then talk to Yogananda, who can then talk with Ra, who could then talk with L/Leema, who could then talk with Carla?” so that you could find out what Kuthumi et al were attempting to say. Now L/Leema said one of your group members came in tonight explaining that the cassette tape recorder they use cannot be made compatible with any other tape recorder which this person owns, and this soul is distressed because it cannot dub off a recording which is of value to the entity, so this is the reason for the lack of communication between middle-man, in the outer dimension, so we say that due to the fact that ego plays a lesser role in the outer dimension since we are all here for one general job since we have fewer loyalties to any entity, but we do not have a patch cord that will connect an energy which demands the trance state equivalent in an instrument to that which does not demand a trance state to be given to the same instrument, for they do not make the fittings, so it is a mechanical difficulty based upon the tuning that is necessary to receive the entity. On October 13, 1985, L/Leema described the nature of the trance state:

In the conscious mind one is existing as upon the outer limbs and branches of the tree of mind. The winds of conversation, the thought and action, blow and gust and the limbs move about in response. As one quiets the mind by removing the attention from the outer world of winds, one moves down the branches to the trunk of the tree of mind.

The trunk may represent the deeper levels of meditation, which may be likened unto the waves of the brain which have been described as the alpha waves, which correspond also to the lighter levels of dozing or sleep but with the attention focused and alert. The mind may further be quieted and focused upon fewer and fewer points until the point of unity of focus is achieved.

This moves further down the trunk of the tree, and as the tree then moves into the ground with its system of roots, so may the conscious mind be passed from, and the attention of the mind/body/spirit complex be able to perceive below the conscious mind into the roots of mind in a fashion which uncovers awareness of experience not consciously known to the entity.

This movement is that which roughly corresponds to the movement from the conscious meditation to the more trance-like state of awareness in which portions of the subconscious mind become available to the focused attention of the mind/body/spirit complex. As various of the roots of the tree of mind are explored by the focused attention, there is a deepening and enrichment of the trance state. The ability of an entity to remember consciously that which occurs while in the deeper levels of the trance state is a function of that entity’s ability to achieve this trance state consciously as a function of the exercise of will and the practice of this ability. Many entities in the dream state enter the roots of the tree of mind and yet remember little of the experiences gathered there upon awakening, for there has been little conscious effort made to train the self to retain that which is experienced. The practice, whether in trance or in dreams, of remembering those experiences which occurred within the roots of the tree of mind is gained by the repetition of such experience.

This evening you tuned until a very disparate group of entities became, in general, cautiously and tentatively fond enough of each other to relax into a metaphysical actuality called a circle. That is, a circle of Light in which each gives the other the spiritual Love, the impersonal Love that it would give all mankind if it could. It is a trusting and resting into universal Light and Love, and you have done so, and it is good. It is exceptionally good for this type of channeling, and we are enjoying this energy very much and appreciate the continuation of your tuning, for the group energy remains fairly high. In the inner planes the difficulties are not precisely the same, for the differences between teachers is less, vibrationally speaking. Therefore, in one fairly broad tuning a receptive channel could get a variety of entities.

First of all, inner plane entities usually wish to teach one particular person, group, culture, or even entity. Therefore, the messages which they have are highly individualized compared to those of the outer dimensions, although, vibrationally speaking, we are talking about the same octave or sub-octave, shall we say, of coloration or speed of vibration, to use a more precise term. There is also the individuality of many of those upon the inner planes, meaning that they wish to be teachers and do not wish to teach through another discarnate entity. Normally, one discarnate entity will form a so-called control, thereby allowing other discarnate entities to speak through the same instrument. It is to be noted that those who use inner plane teachers almost always must work in trance, which is a type of channeling that is both easy to do as fakery and is very difficult upon the instrument’s physical health if done in earnest and with sincerity. That is why we do not choose to use trance channeling. Our message does not need trance, for the degree of specificity which we feel comfortable with is one of which this instrument is capable without a deep trance.

L/Leema went on to say this evening you tuned until a very disparate group of entities became fond enough of each other to relax into a metaphysical actuality called a circle of Light in which each gives the other the impersonal Love that it would give all people if it could, so it is  trusting and resting into universal Light and Love, and you have done so, for it is good for this type of channeling, for we are enjoying this energy and we appreciate the continuation of your tuning, for the group energy remains high, but in the inner planes the difficulties are not the same, for the differences between teachers is less, vibrationally speaking, so in one broad tuning a receptive channel could get a variety of entities. L/Leema continued by saying inner plane entities wish to teach one person or group, so the messages which they have are individualized compared to those of the outer dimensions, although, vibrationally speaking, we are talking about the same octave or sub-octave of coloration, for there is the individuality of many of those upon the inner planes, meaning that they wish to be teachers and do not wish to teach through another discarnate entity, but one discarnate entity will form a control, thereby allowing other discarnate entities to speak through the same instrument, so it is to be noted that those who use inner plane teachers almost always must work in trance, which is a type of channeling that is both easy to do as fakery and is difficult upon the instrument’s physical health if done in earnest, and that is why we do not choose to use trance channeling, so our message does not need trance, for the degree of specificity which we feel comfortable with is one of which this instrument is capable without a deep trance. On February 12, 1989, Q’uo spoke of the nature of inner plane entities:

Once one has begun to accelerate the program of spiritual growth, there are many, many others which may become attracted to the entity. These are some of what you would call inner plane entities, that is, those who have completed their work in your illusion of third density, but have elected to remain behind to encourage and inspire those who wish to graduate into the density of Love and compassion at the end of this particular lifetime. These are available by request, and are heard, by those who do not have the refined psychic ability, best in the dreaming process where, when one approaches the sleeping state one simply places oneself within a tuned and protected atmosphere, and protecting the physical vehicle with the crossed hands and the crossed legs, or legs together, invites the teachers of the appropriate vibration to express to you within the dreaming state that which you truly wish to work with, to grasp, and to begin to understand.

This is the rapid run-through, shall we say, of the inner and outer plane teachers. There is no teacher that does not have a lesson that will be good for you to hear. There are none to be scorned. Each will prefer one teacher or one type of information that is totally acceptable. It is not for you as those who come and hear this meditation to go forth and then say, “You must come and think of the spiritual in this way which has helped me so much.” Indeed, it is then your job as a manifesting conscious spiritual entity to listen ever more sharply and see ever more keenly and understand with ever more compassion that each person’s trail is highly individualistic and may well not parallel, become congruent, or even stay in sight of your own.

Listen to what those about you need, and do not press your ideas upon them. You may drop your seeds; after that, let them germinate. They may well not germinate; that is also good because this universe is absolutely shouting the one single message that is channeled by trance, light trance, yourself, and every single type of channeling that we could mention. That one single message is: joy. If you look at the trees you can almost see them clap their hands when the sun streams down upon them and lifts up the dew and they turn their fingers to catch all the Light they can. The grasses wave and the breeze blows, and those of you with your allergies are most aware of this. The song of birds permeates the air, and there is great joy available to you. It is the unconditional joy of an infinity of supply, an infinity of knowledge, an infinity of peace, an infinity of growth.

Then L/Leema said this is the rapid run-through of the inner and outer plane teachers, for there is no teacher that does not have a lesson that will be good for you to hear, and each will prefer one teacher or one type of information that is acceptable, but it is not for you to hear this meditation to say, “You must come and think of the spiritual in this way which has helped me so much,” so it is your job as a manifesting conscious spiritual entity to listen more sharply, and see more keenly, and understand with more compassion that each person’s trail is unique and may not stay in sight of your own. Latwii went on to say listen to what those about you need, and do not press your ideas upon them, for you may drop your seeds, and let them germinate, but they may not germinate, yet that is also good because this universe is shouting the one message that is channeled by light trance, and every type of channeling that we could mention, so that single message is joy, yet if you look at the trees you can see them clap their hands when the sun streams down upon them and lifts up the dew, and they turn their fingers to catch all the Light they can, so the grasses wave, and the breeze blows, and those of you with your allergies are aware of this, for the song of birds permeates the air, and there is joy available to you that is the unconditional joy of an infinity of peace and an infinity of growth. On December 27, 1987, Q’uo spoke of the value of light trance in channeling:

That which we look for, that in which we rejoice in a channel, is the clear statement of the channel’s personality in a disciplined and unified way, for it is upon this level that channel meets channel, for make no mistake about it, channeling is a two-way conversation, and the channeling in light trance, during this exploration of a possible message for the day, is based very largely upon the level of commitment and serious intention which the channel offers at the time of challenge to the contact.

An infinity, my friends—no limits. You don’t have until tomorrow, you don’t have until next week. You have all the time you need to decide what you wish to do concerning the Creator’s Love for you. Do you Love yourself, for you know you are the Creator? Can you Love the Creator in other people? It is probably easier for you to see it in others than in yourself. The one patch cord you all have, the one channeling that is available to all of you is the channeling between your deep self and your thinking self. Don’t think first; meditate first. There are inspirations and intuitions that no logic, no rhetoric, and no persuasion can give you. Let those inspirations come to you. It may take a good deal of what you call time. You have time. If you are waiting—wait. Continue waiting and continue. Just because something is unseen does not mean it is not there. You shall learn. And whatever comes before you, whether it be inner plane, outer plane, higher, lower, upper, downer, all of the supermarket words that you may have heard—drink it in! But if it does not taste for you as you would wish it, do not swallow it, have nothing more to do with it, discreetly spit it out. Parenthetically, we offer sympathy that we cannot use an intermediary to offer you information from the social memory complex, Ra. Without saying any more to prejudice opinion within the group as to the future of this contact, let us say that second-hand contact would not be possible. The energy of the three that collected those sessions with Ra was of a certain type, and the entity which now channels in light trance was then channeling in deep trance.

A second parenthesis, and that is simply to note that what information has been given is excellent, but that it is never wise to depend upon any source but yourself. The wisest among us has the same birthright as do you, and that is that shuttle of spirit with all that is infinite, and invisible, and unknowable, in a word, noumenal. Never despair because you have not got the right contact. And as you go looking for other contacts, if indeed you do so, do so with a merry laugh on your lips for you shall have great adventures and feel a great deal of warm air, just as you are now perceiving especially from the location of this instrument’s mouth. Rely upon the self, knowing that there are those in the inner planes assigned to you personally and as a group and on the outer planes who have come because you called and are sensitive to you personally so that we may be with you at any time that you wish.

L/Leema continued by saying infinity has no limits, but you don’t have until tomorrow or next week, for you have all the time you need to decide what you wish to do concerning the Creator’s Love for you, so: “Do you Love yourself, for you know you are the Creator? Can you Love the Creator in other people?” Then L/Leema said it is probably easier for you to see it in others than in yourself, and the one channeling that is available to all of you is the channeling between your deep self and your thinking self, but don’t think first, just meditate first because there are intuitions that no logic can give you, so let those inspirations come to you, and it may take a good deal time, so continue waiting, but just because something is unseen does not mean it is not there, yet you shall learn, and whatever comes before you, whether it be inner plane, outer plane, higher, lower, all of the words that you may have heard—drink it in, but if it does not taste for you as you would wish it, do not swallow it, but spit it out, for we offer sympathy that we cannot use an intermediary to offer you information from the social memory complex, Ra, so without saying any more to prejudice opinion within the group as to the future of this contact, let us say that second-hand contact would not be possible, for the energy of the three that collected those sessions with Ra was of a certain type, and the entity which now channels in light trance was then channeling in deep trance. Now L/Leema said that it is to be noted that what information has been given is excellent, but it is never wise to depend upon any source but yourself, so the wisest among us has the same birthright as do you, and that is that shuttle of spirit with all that is infinite and invisible, but never despair because you have not got the right contact, and as you go looking for other contacts, do so with a merry laugh on your lips for you shall have great adventures just as you are now perceiving especially from the location of Carla’s mouth, so rely upon the self, knowing that there are those in the inner planes assigned to you personally and on the outer planes who have come because you called and are sensitive to you personally, so that we may be with you at any time that you wish. On January 6, 1991, Q’uo spoke of the value of the shuttle of the spirit:

This entity has a temperament which finds the story of Jesus the Christ most helpful. Thus, it has become this entity’s way to objectify the shuttle of spirit, and to open within the heart and within the consciousness the gateway to Intelligent Infinity.

We thank you for the ability to speak through this instrument. It is always a joy to use an instrument such as this one and to speak with entities who are seeking the truth, whether spelled with a U or a V. We urge you to come off the pedestal, remove the V, and begin opening your ears, your eyes, and your heart to the little, the simple, and the unexpected that occur all about you all the time, and which you may miss if you are looking for the big sign that will tell you whither you are to go, what path you shall take. Most of the subjective proof which you will gather in your search for your own self is made up of small, seemingly synchronistic events. Watch for them. The universe itself, in the persona of your higher self, can use all of nature to speak to you, all of mankind’s artifacts to trigger memories that will speak to you and to trigger feelings that will inspire.

L/Leema concluded by saying we thank you for the ability to speak through this instrument, for it is always a joy to use an instrument such as this one and to speak with entities who are seeking the truth, whether spelled with a U or a V, and we urge you to come off the pedestal, remove the V, and begin opening your ears, your eyes, and your heart to the little, the simple, and the unexpected that occur all about you all the time, and which you may miss if you are looking for the big sign that will tell what path you shall take, so most of the subjective proof which you will gather in your search for your own self is made up of small, seemingly synchronistic events, yet watch for them, for the universe, in the form of your higher self, can use all of nature to speak to you, all of mankind’s artifacts to trigger memories that will speak to you and to trigger feelings that will inspire. On January 4, 1987, Q’uo spoke about the spiritual value of synchronistic events:

What we mean to suggest in this regard is that for one who wishes to be of service to others in any particular fashion, it is recommended that that desire be the foundation upon which all further thought and action be built. The desire is that which shall form the framework that will allow the service thus to intensify and refine this desire. It is most helpful in that when the entity is able to remain in the full flush, shall we say, of this desire to serve, then it is often the case that the way to serve shall be made clearer and smoother for such an entity as the entity is able to call upon its own inner resources through the subconscious mind, and is also aided in its desire to serve by those friends and teachers of the inner realms who watch over each third-density entity. Thus, the synchronistic events, as you call them, begin to have impact within the entity’s life pattern so that the way to provide the service becomes apparent as the entity is propelled to it and through it by its desire to be of service.

Our channeling is done, my friends, but the blessing of your presence endures. We bid you adieu. We are those of L/Leema. Adonai, my friends. We leave you in Love and in Light.

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and we greet you, my friends, in the Love and Light of our infinite Creator, and we are privileged to be with you as well. We thank you for asking for our presence. We also suggest that you remember that we too are fallible and speak opinion, though it has been our pleasure and our joy and our privilege to gather this experience which is our shared opinion. We would, as always, hope to be of service by attempting to answer those queries which have value to you. May we begin then with the first query?

C: Yes. This is my first experience tonight with the concept of using a group question. It seemed that before, if I understood correctly, that the various entities channeled for the message picked up on whatever the corporal thought was within the group at the time. What’s the difference between that and the setting down of the formulation of the question? Or group question?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. The difference between the two techniques discussed is that in the technique which you have used this evening, you are consciously focusing your attention and your desire upon one point. The technique which has been used by this group almost to a majority of experience previous to the last few meetings is one which recognizes an unconscious blending of desire and matching of this desire. When you consciously focus your attention upon a point, you amplify your ability to receive information within the scope of that point. You in effect increase the power of your group receiver.

May we answer further, my brother?

C: So, it’s just a matter of by using the group question, we simply amplify our energies to achieve a clearer answer?

I am Latwii, and this is, in general, correct, my brother.

May we answer further?

C: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my brother. Is there another query?

Carla: Are you suggesting by that that L/Leema and Latwii, being fifth density, that there is an amount of energy that will draw fourth-density and early fifth-density entities to give cosmic sermonettes and tell little stories, and then there’s this big sort of quantum leap into the amount of energy needed to answer specific questions? Is that what you’re saying? I thought the reason was because I couldn’t answer questions, and so the question had to be asked beforehand. So—but what you’re saying is that there needs to be the group energy that pushes the energy of the channel, so it’s just like it pushes it over a line. Could you confirm that? I’ll stop now.

I am Latwii, and we thank you for your query, my sister. To respond, let us suggest that there are two portions to your query. Firstly, the response which we gave to the one known as C was in consideration of a technique, that is, the conscious blending of group energy to form a query or focus for response. The second portion of your query concerns through which instrument this technique can be used most efficiently. Because of your experience with contact with those of Ra, it is not only possible but recommended that queries be answered through your instrument in the manner which we have seen used this evening. This technique could also be used with other instruments. However, queries through your instrument are best achieved through that technique and that technique alone.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

We are Latwii, and we thank you, my sister.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii…

Carla: Hang on. Hang on, Latwii.

…and we are with this instrument once again. We apologize for the delay; this instrument was in the process of rechallenging our contact. May we then reopen this session to queries?

Carla: Latwii, could I have your permission to ask a question from someone who is not in this group?

I am Latwii, and we are most happy to attempt response to any query placed before us.

Carla: Okay. I’ll pick one at random. Question number four: “The law of karma is said to be transcended only by reunion between the ‘deviltry’ and God, yet gestures of grace appear to surface in profusion within every era and in every region. Can further light be shed upon this interplay between karmic law and transcendent grace?”

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. The karmic law, as it has been called, is a very simply stated law. It may be seen as inertia. When an action, a thought, or an energy has been set into motion in order to gather experience, this energy will continue in motion until an equal energy in the opposite direction has been generated. At this point there is the balancing of energies. Each entity within any incarnation is subject to this so-called law. This is how experience is gained and variety is achieved in the experience. The grace which has been described is the environment in which this law operates. This so-called grace is that support within all of creation which each entity stands upon and breathes within its being as it sets into motion the various distortions or experiential patterns that are set before the incarnation for such and such a purpose. The grace that supports each entity then is available as the very fabric of the creation through which an entity moves. It assures each entity that no matter what experience it may entertain, it shall not truly move from Love, shall not truly move from Light, from joy, or from unity. No entity can travel a distance so far that there is the lack of Love. This grace, so-called, therefore, assures this infinite and eternal support.

Carla asked: : “The law of karma is said to be transcended only by reunion between the ‘deviltry’ and God, yet gestures of grace appear to surface in profusion within every era and in every region. Can further light be shed upon this interplay between karmic law and transcendent grace?” Latwii said the karmic law is a simply stated law, and it may be seen as inertia, so when an action has been set into motion in order to gather experience, this energy will continue in motion until an equal energy in the opposite direction has been generated, for at this point there is the balancing of energies, so each entity within any incarnation is subject to this law, yet this is how experience is gained and variety is achieved in the experience, for the grace which has been described is the environment in which this law operates, and this grace is that support within all of creation which each entity stands upon and breathes within its being as it sets into motion the experiential patterns that are set before the incarnation for any purpose when the grace that supports each entity then is available as the experiential patterns of the creation through which an entity moves, and it assures each entity that no matter what experience it may entertain, it shall not move from Love, from Light, or from joy, and no entity can travel a distance so far that there is the lack of Love, so this grace assures this eternal support. On December 17, 1995, Q’uo spoke of the nature of grace:

In actuality, these times when grace seems to come near and touch the entity are those times when the individual has been able involuntarily or consciously to allow the self to be completely natural, to rest in the center of being and to allow the natural flow of energy. It is as though the self were a receiver that only intermittently worked. In simplistic terms, then, the way towards maximizing the experience of grace in the incarnative experience is to attempt to come to a feeling within of balance. We would encourage seekers to think upon and ponder the concept of self with regard to the nature of the basic attitude that is given as a natural gift by the Creator to each entity, for the maximizing of the experience of grace can be accomplished by increasing the allowing of the self to rest in the natural balance.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: Yes, a personal question. First, let me just ask you, is this an example of the law of karma which happened to be mitigated by grace? Someone in my church—I’m the head of a prayer group in my church—somebody in my church had this big old cancer and asked us to pray for him when he went in for tests. I wrote him a letter telling him that we were praying for him every day. He had already had one ultrasound, and he had a bad lump. He took the letter in his hand and read it, and something jumped from the letter to his hand, and he felt something go through him. He’s a big man, and so I can’t imagine this happening to him, because he’s not one of these imaginative people; he has sort of a football player mentality. They took another picture and it was gone. The cancer was gone completely. Somehow in the letter that I sent him, did something—was it, did it turn out to be an instrument of grace? And if so, is there any way to help other people besides just randomly, seemingly? Does there have to be an instrument for grace, or can grace hit you, person to person?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. The event of which you speak may be described as one manifestation of grace. There can be any variety or number of ways through which grace can move into one’s life in a form which one may understand according to the beliefs that one has built one’s philosophy, shall we say, or point of viewing upon. Therefore, it is not always necessary that a physical thing or manifestation be used as an intermediary between an entity and this nebulous state of what has been called grace. Each entity will avail itself of this essence of grace according to its own unique configuration of thought.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my sister. Is there another query?

N: I have a question. I would like to know if it is possible to understand what is known as the Tourette syndrome in which there seems to be either a form of possession, or is this merely a short-circuiting of the synaptic junctions that create the behavioral pattern, in an otherwise normal individual, that is totally irrational for a momentary time span?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. This particular syndrome, you may be surprised to hear, is also a manifestation of grace, for all about each entity are the infinite opportunities for learning and for service that may be termed grace. And each opportunity is, shall we say, taken advantage of or perceived in a unique fashion by each entity. At some point in an entity’s incarnational progress, in this kind of case, there is the turning of the mind in such a fashion that the grace or infinite energy in such and such a pattern is perceived in a slightly different fashion so that the entity begins seeing, in general, a somewhat darker image than is available to the entity. All entities see a combination of light and dark, for that is the nature of your illusion. Yet by choice, each sees a greater portion of one than of the other.

Therefore, any mental configuration, whether described as sane or insane, balanced or unbalanced, or any description which you may choose, is a point of view that has been chosen through a series of choices. The regaining of balance is most generally accomplished by any technique which takes the entity back through the series of steps in order that the choices may be made again in another fashion or distortion.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Yes, please. Is this extreme form of negativistic, irrational, many times socially unacceptable oral behavior a form of karmic balancing? Since it does occur in young children as well as adults?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. Any point of view, including the one of which you have spoken, is a distortion of pre-incarnative choices made in response to experience gained in previous incarnations, and forms what you have loosely called a karmic debt or burden. It is not so much a debt, however, as an opportunity. Any point of view, therefore, is some form or intensity or distortion of a pre-incarnative choice which is hoped will either be a lesson, or a service, or a combination of the two during an entity’s incarnational experience.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Yes. Is there any way we can accelerate this pre-incarnative consideration, or is it something that must be an individual’s situation and worked out only by that individual without external service to other type of assistance?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. Let us use an analogy. Picture yourself and all other selves within what you may call a locomotive. Each entity rides his or her own locomotive. It moves without any seeming energy or effort upon your part. Your life moves on, time moves on, events have their own momentum. Yet, if you look about you within this locomotive, if you consciously seek to know the nature of your being and your surroundings, you see there are switches, letters and dials, each according to your own description and formation of belief. When you know yourself more and more clearly, it is as though you discover another switch that opens yet more circuits and allows more energy to move the locomotive of your being. As you become more and more aware of the switches and the nature of your own being you, shall we say, shed light upon the switches and dials, that you may then cause to function in such a way that your path of progress moves according to your will as it is harmonized with your, as you have called it, subconscious or unconscious mind which contains your pre-incarnative program or karmic burden as it has been called.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Well, since this is a pre-incarnative consideration, it may be in many instances difficult to assist. Is that correct? Because many of us, or probably all of us, have tried to talk to some of our friends about reincarnation or other considerations, and have of course been more or less slapped in the face with a blank stare and, “where are you coming from” sort of situation. Then I take it that we would have difficulty in directing many individuals in any sort of consideration of service to others? Is that generally incorrect or correct?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. As has been stated previously this evening, you may sow your seeds where you will and as you will. That is according to your life pattern and nature. Whether these seeds grow or are received in any fashion whatsoever is a result of the life pattern of the one in whose mind you have sown the seeds. The response of any entity to your efforts is that entity’s pattern. Each will perceive according to a unique configuration of thought.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Thank you very much. I just wonder how the instrument is doing?

I am Latwii, and we are happy to report that this instrument is available for a number of further queries if there are such.

Carla: I’d sort of like to retune right now if you’ll all just hang out with “Row Your Boat.” I’d like to get more energy going.

[The group sings together, three times through.]

Carla: Thank you. I’d just like to finish up on his question by saying, is the switch for the tracks inside the train, or is that part of the pre-incarnative choice, or is it a mixture? I mean, you have power over the comfort of the ride and the velocity, the getting from here to there, maybe the niceness with which you finish up whatever it is that you’re doing on the track, but do you choose the track within this incarnation, or is the track pretty well set as to where you’re going, pre-incarnationally?

I am Latwii and am once again with this instrument, and I am aware of your query, my sister. The density in which you dance your own illusion provides the countryside, shall we say, through which your track and train move. The countryside through which you move in your illusion is one of Love, is one of the self which has become individualized, making a choice in its use of the energy which gives its life as a gift to it. The choice is to share this energy with others in service to others or to keep and hoard the energy for the self in service to self. The subconscious mind, which allows an entity contact with the higher self, most predominantly before the incarnation, allows the entity and the entire self and guides and friends to describe the general framework or series of tracks available to an entity during its incarnation. During the incarnation, therefore, it is usually the case that an entity, having become consciously aware of some portion of this process, will be able to gain, shall we say, a control, to use a poor term, of the rate of progress of the locomotive over the tracks. However, it is possible for an entity to consciously alter the tracks to be traveled. This, however, continues always and ever within an illusion of Love and the opportunity to learn any lesson of Love chosen before or during the incarnation.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: Only one question: If we switch tracks, do we end up at the same place we would have if we hadn’t? I mean, do we get the same lessons?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. In one sense this is so, for all points are within Love and are within some distance or distortion of the choice made before the incarnation. However, as all choices change outcomes when compared to alternate choices, the end point, though quite similar, will be somewhat different yet will remain within the context of Love and of pre-incarnational design to a greater or lesser degree.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

Latwii: We thank you, my sister. Is there another query?

N: Yes, I have one. Earlier Latwii confirmed or stated that if we lift the veil of forgetfulness, we generally will accelerate our learning, if I interpret it correctly. Is there any suggested method of lifting this veil if you’ve perhaps had it for a long time, or must we each find our own way?

I am Latwii, and am aware of your query, my brother. We believe that we have heard a variant of this query in previous sessions, and shall say that each entity will provide itself with a variety of means of penetrating this veil of forgetting. During your incarnation, you will be drawn by an inner resonance to one or more techniques for penetrating this veil. The technique, as we have mentioned before, is not as important as the desire to use the technique. The development of the will to persevere and the faith that there is reason to persevere are those qualities that are most important in the actual penetration of this veil.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: But you do confirm that it is best to try to remove the veil if possible?

I am Latwii  and am aware of your query, my brother. We cannot say what is best, for all experience teaches, and each entity learns by a unique set of experiences. However, in general it may be assumed that the lifting of this veil in some portion will aid an entity’s evolutionary progress. However, it must be remembered that the veil exists because it has a service to offer. And it may be that for certain entities, and in some degree for all entities, the veil’s remaining for such and such a period of your time is the most helpful portion or characteristic of the evolutionary progress. To say this another way, the snake shall shed its skin in its own time.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Is the religion known as the Sufi religion which in many instances has caused the veil, or in some instances, has caused the veil to be placed for reincarnation after reincarnation when the—one of the disciples did not conform to perhaps the utilization of his or her clairvoyance or whatever, in defiance of the Sufi master? Is this a general consideration, or does this occur sporadically, or is it only possible for the veil to be continued for one incarnation?

I am Latwii and believe that we have the gist of your query. Please query further if our response is not indicative of that hope. There is no belief or group of entities that can decide for another that the veil of forgetting shall remain in any degree that may be described for any particular number of incarnations. It is the entity itself, between the incarnational experiences, which decides the lessons to be learned, the services to be offered and the means and manner of penetrating this veil in any incarnation.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Thank you very much. I’m sure someone else has a question, if the instrument is not tired.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my brother, for your queries and your concerns. This instrument is available for a few more queries. May we ask if there might be another query?

Questioner: Yes, I have a question. I’ve noticed lots of times that these meditation sessions will have some people who will fall asleep or whatever, due to whatever reason. My question is though, do your responses to questions talk to a particular entity’s subconscious as well as their conscious mind? I guess I want to extend that to a lot of different meditations or even different types of cassette tapes, learnings that are recorded on cassette tapes and you listen to in one or another state of awareness. Do things go through to your subconscious as well as your conscious mind? Can you fall asleep and still get it, is what I’m asking, I suppose?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. Though there is some benefit to one who is in the sleeping state to spend that time within a circle of seeking such as this one, the benefit is decidedly less than if that entity were in the conscious mode of experience, for though there are portions of any message that can penetrate the corked bottle, it is easier to pour into a bottle without the cork. The conscious mind is as the cork which opens the entity to reception of information. However, we must remind each that all information and all sources of information are the one Creator speaking to the one Creator. That which is heard by any portion of the Creator is a function of that portion’s point of view and openness to expanding that point of view. Other teachers have described this state as the readiness of the student, for all messages contain the one Creator in whole, perfect, and balanced within some portion of the message. The discerning ear can hear the One speaking to it and through it.

May we answer further, my brother?

Questioner: No, that’s fine. Thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my brother. Is there another query?

[Pause]

I am Latwii, and we perceive the silence as the One speaking an unspoken word, and each heart knows that word. It is Love. In that Love and in the Light which is its manifestation of creation, we leave you. We are those of Latwii. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

(Carla channeling)

[Carla channels a lovely vocal melody—a song without words.]

I am Nona. Love and Light to you and to the one known as R, to the one as known as D, to the one known as Jim, to the one known as Carla.

This morning the quote from The Thunder of Silence is: “Mind, unconditioned and having no qualities of good or evil, is the substance of all that is visible; and all that is, is as unconditioned as the mind which is its basis. If this were not true, it would be impossible for our state of consciousness to produce changes in what is called the material universe. Those who have actually witnessed or experienced metaphysical and spiritual healing know that a practitioner may be anywhere from one to twenty-five thousand miles away from the patient and, nevertheless, be the instrument through which a fever is reduced, a lump removed, or wasted lungs restored, because when the practitioner has attained a sufficient stillness for the mind to be a pure transparency for God, the condition of the body changes.

Our consciousness of this truth is the law of harmony; and therefore, if we were called upon to help someone who had a fever and were to realize that mind, unconditioned mind, is the substance of all visible form, and that this universal belief in two powers, good and evil, is not operative because it is the “arm of flesh,” or nothingness, and then the fever disappeared, we would know that our consciousness of one power, which really is a consciousness of no-power, had produced the healing and was a law of harmony. We would observe that our mind functioning as an instrument of God had produced an effect on what we call body or matter, and we would know then that the substance of mind and the substance of matter are one and the same. That is why mind can affect matter and, moreover, that is why truth in conscientiousness can affect matter.

Mind, itself, is unconditioned, but the human race has accepted the belief of both good and evil and has produced a good effect by taking good into its mind and an evil effect by taking evil into its mind.

Mind, unconditioned–infinite, eternal mind—is the substance of being, body, business, politics, government, industry, finance, art, and literature. This mind and its formations are neither good nor bad: they are unconditioned eternal being, and that which we behold as an erroneous condition or circumstance is not of mind or it formations, but is the universal belief in good and evil which is termed devil or carnal mind.”

Later this morning I went out to the fishpond and began to solve the problem of almost no height to the fountain, and I discovered that the tube that connects the motor to the fountain had come apart. So, I cut the old Duct Tape off and put super glue on the tube and put it in the tube on the motor. Then I began putting new Duct Tape on both of the tubes, but I ran out of Duct Tape before all of the taping was done. So, I ran an errand with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery to pick up 3 flats of Verbena, 1 flat of pink Geraniums, and 1 flat of red Salvia. My second stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I bought 2 more roles of Duct Tape. When I got back home, I finished taping the fountain tube to the tube on the motor. Then I plugged in the motor for the fountain and was glad to see the height of the fountain was the perfect height and landed just inside of the fishpond. Then I planted all of two of the flats of the flowers that I bought at Thieneman’s in the Ruins Mound

This afternoon I went back outside and planted the last 3 flats of flowers in the Ruins Mound, so there is just one area left to plant there that will need about seven flowers that I will pick up the next time that I go to Thieneman’s Nursery. My last job was to pull the weeds from the top and middle layers of the Flower Garden in the middle of the Moss Garden.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 19

Be Still And Adore

I am of the consciousness of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in that full consciousness of Love.

Be still! Be still, each soul which seeks within and without for that stranger that you would identify as mystery.

Be still, each portal of sense and every shadow of pleasure and pain.

Be still! Let all come to rest, to kneel and adore. Let the self become a zero; a heavenly nothing. For only in the zero lies the infinity which then may fill the infinite space within which has been opened to the infinity without.

It is not by striving but by still surrender that the pilgrim of Earth shall know the place where he has been all the time.

We leave you in peace, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer for the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of Love and open our hearts minds, and souls to send Love, Light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite Love, Light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our Love, Light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Hatonn and Latwii channelings for this session come from June 18, 1985:

(Carla channeling)

I am Hatonn. I greet you, my friends, in the Love and in the Light of our infinite Creator. As the calm of the evening settles like fine golden dust about your domicile, we blend our beings with you, and our thoughts, and above all, our blessing of Love. We are most grateful that we have been called upon at this time. Our brothers and sisters of Laitos will be working with the one known as N by conditioning the instrument. However, we felt that it was time that we initiated contact with this instrument. Also, as our vibrations are not unlike those of Laitos, the transition should not be difficult to make.

As distant thunder signals the onset of storm and lightning, so those seekers present have heard the harbingers of growth and seeking. Who knows what the lightning holds, my friends? That it shall strike is certain. That it shall strike in the correct place is also extremely probable, for each of you has a plan, my friends, just as each soul of sufficient advancement to choose incarnations does. And according to that plan, a kind of magnetic field is set up which will attract those gifts which you desire, those experiences which are needed and the disciplines which are necessary to achieve your course.

At this time, we would like to attempt contact with the one known as N, for this entity has heard the thunder, and its only doubt is as to where the lightning shall strike, and what gift shall be opened to this instrument. We ask that this instrument put all such thoughts aside and trust in the plan that this instrument has created in concert with the infinite Creator and with those ministering angels which have been attracted by this instrument’s needs. Without further ado, we now transfer contact to the one known as N.

(N channeling)

I am Hatonn. I greet you in the path of Love and Light, Light and Love of the one infinite Creator. There are many considerations for those on the path. If one is to follow, one must leave. There are ways of proceeding which are rather tortuous. One can only do as they feel they should do. It is difficult to outline any specific path as that might impose restrictions on free will. There is a Light at the end of the tunnel, for all must proceed eventually toward that Light. If one should desire, direction may be obtained. It is a gift, but one should learn to relax and enjoy it. [Sound of birds are heard.] It is like the birds singing—it can be beautiful, but you do not focus your attention at this time.

[Long pause.]

N: I don’t think I can bring back the focus.

(Carla channeling)

I am Hatonn, and I am again with this instrument. We are most pleased and happy that we have made such good contact with so little difficulty with the one known as N. We hope that this entity will allow us to speak through him in the future.

To continue. The sound of the bird may be very beautiful, the night sky full of dramatic clouds, the trees may sleep in majestic splendor, and the sounds of wind and rain may be before the thunder. All these things are available to the one whose ears are open and whose eyes seek. The situation you face, my friends, is that you are in not a straight tunnel, but a maze, a [inaudible], one tunnel leading to another and then to another, some passages small, some passages large and no rhyme or reason, no man-made logic to the largeness and the smallness that would indicate that either the larger or the small path should be the one for you. Yet the Light at the end is always and ever the same.

The path is different for each entity. Each of you is at a different point walking within the cave, and most of you cannot see the Light. Therefore, you are motivated only by the blind and fervent desire to seek the truth, to find the Light, to know the Love of the one infinite Creator and to share, therefore, in that one great original Thought. Even within the tunnel, each entity is free; free to listen or not listen, free to be moved by signs and wonders or to be unmoved by what seem to be irrelevant details. To become sensitized to the seeming coincidences that occur within your daily lives is most helpful, for to the seeker whose ears and eyes are opened, many, many small details of the day speak. Connections are made within which cannot be explained except by saying, “This feels correct.”

In this session Hatonn spoke of the path of the spiritual seeker. They began by saying the sound of the bird may be beautiful, the night sky full of dramatic clouds, the trees may sleep in majestic splendor, and the sounds of wind and rain may be before the thunder, for all these things are available to the one whose ears are open and whose eyes seek, so the situation you face is that you are in a maze with one tunnel leading to another with some passages small, some passages large, and no rhyme or reason to the largeness and the smallness that would indicate that either the large or the small path should be the one for you, yet the Light at the end is always and ever the same. Then Hatonn said the path is different for each entity, and each of you is at a different point walking within the cave, and most of you cannot see the Light, so you are motivated only by the fervent desire to seek the truth, to find the Light, to know the Love of the one infinite Creator and to share in that one great original Thought, but even within the tunnel, each entity is free to listen or not listen, free to be moved by signs and wonders or to be unmoved by what seem to be irrelevant details, or to become sensitized to the seeming coincidences that occur within your daily lives is most helpful, for to the seeker whose ears and eyes are opened small details of the day speak, and connections are made within which cannot be explained except by saying, “This feels correct.” On September 16, 2001, Q’uo spoke of how we may know the Love of the Creator:

Each of you is the other, and when this truth can be seen, and known, and felt, and experienced, and lived in the daily round of activities more and more fully upon your planet, then will the difficulties that you experience at this time and for so long in the history and culture of every country be eased, and then will you be more fully able to channel that Love and that Light in your everyday activities and to heal the wounds that have long festered in the population of all countries and all hearts. Then will it be more possible to know the Love of the Creator and to see it expressed about one. Know that you are joined by those of the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator upon a daily basis, and when you do meditate, or think upon these things, a simple request is all that is necessary for various entities from this Confederation of Planets to join you in your meditations, in your thoughts, in your Love and in your healing.

Many there are who wish to help you, and yet the greatest help is within yourself. As you meditate each day, you cannot help but begin to feel and fathom the extraordinary depth of consciousness that lies within you. You may come back from meditation like a traveler from a long voyage who has lost his luggage, or you may come back burdened with gifts, and yet in both cases you have been in the Light. Whatever your consciousness of that Light, your seeking of that Light has brought you there. Many are the people upon your sphere who do not choose to observe their environments. We speak to those who wish to observe their environments, themselves and thought itself. Trust, therefore, in your intention and in your seeking, in the bone-deep wisdom that knows not in any intellectual way whence its ideas come.

Trust as well your powers of discrimination, for as there are many who wish to aid you, so are there many entities who would wish to desensitize the sensitive soul by furnishing that soul with information which is not correct. This is why we have so often requested that tuning be done, the tuning of entities that join into unity. As we work in this teaching class, we work with a very small group, a group which is rich in friendship and companionship, and the tuning is harmonious and unified. You do not play the same note, but you play the euphonious chord. Therefore, we speak with relative ease. The service of those who channel vocally as these instruments have done is simply the extension of personal harmony into what you may call community with others.

Hatonn went on to say many there are who wish to help you, yet the greatest help is within yourself, so as you meditate each day you cannot help but begin to feel the great depth of consciousness that lies within you, and you may come back from meditation like a traveler from a long voyage who has lost their luggage, or you may come back with gifts, and in both cases you have been in the Light, yet whatever your consciousness of that Light, your seeking of that Light has brought you there, but many people upon your sphere do not choose to observe their environments, but we speak to those who wish to observe their environments, themselves, and thought itself, so trust in your intention, in your seeking, and in the deep wisdom that knows not in any intellectual way whence its ideas come. Now Hatonn said trust your powers of discrimination, for there are many who wish to aid you, so are there many entities who would wish to desensitize the sensitive soul by furnishing that soul with information which is not correct, so this is why we have requested that tuning be done, so that entities may join in unity, for as we work in this teaching class, we work with a small group which is rich in friendship, and the tuning is unified, but you do not play the same note, but you play the pleasing chord, so we speak with ease, for the service of those who channel vocally, as these instruments have done, is the extension of personal harmony into what you may call community with others. On February 8, 1988, Hatonn spoke of the value of tuning before channeling any source:

I am Hatonn, and, indeed, we deem it an honor to be present as each instrument continues with the inner tuning in preparation for contact with us and with any that should be contacted in a session such as this. We commend you for your continued refining of the tuning process, and we can only suggest to each instrument, whether new or experienced, that this tuning be accomplished with as great a degree of fastidiousness as one is capable of providing, for this tuning is the factor which allows for the construction of the actual channel, the receiving antenna, shall we say. Its polishing, its tightening, its sensitivity, enhancing that will allow for the greatest degree of both freedom of transmission and accuracy of transmission. Thus, to ask again if one is tuned and ready to serve as an instrument is well.

The intensity of the group of three is far, far greater than the intensity of one, for you are unified, and each of you has his will turned unblinkingly towards the face of the Creator who moves across the deep. You are co-Creator with the One who has been called the Ancient of Days, and you shall create your days and nights, your incarnation. We wish you the joy of this adventure and urge you both to take very seriously the choices you must make in order to become more positively polarized, and to take with utmost lightness and delicacy the carrying forth of these experiences. The use of discrimination, the use of humor, the use of the larger point of view, shall all aid the seeker and act as a kind of self-encouragement as you do seek in your part of the tunnel, in your walk towards the Light at the end, towards the Love that surrounds all, towards the life that is all creation.

Hatonn went on to say the intensity of the group of three is far greater than the intensity of one, for you are unified, and each of you has their will turned towards the face of the Creator who moves across the deep, for you are co-Creator with the One who has been called the Ancient of Days, and you shall create your days and nights, your incarnation, so we wish you the joy of this adventure and urge you to take seriously the choices you must make in order to become more positively polarized, and to take with lightness the carrying forth of these experiences, for the use of humor and the larger point of view shall aid the seeker and act as a kind of self-encouragement in your walk towards the Light and the Love that surrounds all, towards the life that is all creation. On May 7, 1989, Q’uo spoke of how we may obtain the larger point of view:

Thus, as these limiting definitions are discarded, there is the need to forgive or to redeem the self which has held these limiting points of view, limiting only as the hero has felt the necessity to move beyond them. For each new point of view or definition of the self will serve the hero for a certain portion of its experience, until it is ready to move beyond this point of view as well. At that time, that point of view will become a hindrance to further progress until a larger point of view is found and the smaller point of view is discarded. This is a simplistic means of describing the process of redemption or redefining of the self.

This process is much aided when the hero entity has other forces or sources of inspiration that are seen as greater than the self to call upon for the sustenance that they provide. However, as the hero continues upon this journey, it begins to identify itself with these forces to such an extent that at some point this journey is seen to be completely interior. The hero is beginning here to see that the self is all—and all is the self—and all are one.

This is a long process, and yet, as the various stages or cycles of this process are traveled, the hero begins to identify the self with a larger and larger point of view until the realization of unity with all is accomplished, at which point the illusion has provided the means by which the hero has been able to transcend the illusion, for however brief a time. And as the hero has been able to transcend the illusion, it then begins to reflect the nature of the illusion more and more faithfully within the life pattern.

Again, we thank the one known as N, and assure this entity that at any time this entity wishes we will be available to aid in deepening meditations. Meanwhile, our Love to each of you. We leave you in Love and in the Light of the infinite Creator. We are known to you as Hatonn. Adonai. We fly with the evening wind. Adonai.

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and we greet you, my friends, in the Love and Light of our infinite Creator. We are happy to have been called once again to this group. We fly in on the same wind that our brothers and sisters of Hatonn flew out on, and we hope that we may be of service by attempting to answer a query or two. May we ask if there may be such a query by which we may begin?

Carla: Well, I have a question, but it’s transient, but maybe it’ll help N be brave. The last two times that L/Leema has come through me, I have had an absolute undeniable desire to sit upright. And I wondered why this was, since with my neck injury, it would normally be most logical for me to be more nearly prone.

I am Latwii. My sister, those of L/Leema have the ability and the desire to focus their service and their energies in the attempt to answer queries in a fashion which is more specific and at the same time more broad than our own efforts are usually. This intensification of the conditioning and overall effect of the contact upon your physical vehicle is more easily absorbed as you are more vertical in your posture of the spine. If you were to engage in this service with those of L/Leema in the reclining position, there would be somewhat more of a chance, shall we say, that you might enter the trance levels or those levels preceding the trance, thus those of L/Leema have encouraged you in subtle ways, shall we say, to assume the more erect posture.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: I thought I couldn’t go into trance as long as I was holding hands with someone. Is that not so?

I am Latwii. This is correct, my sister. But those of L/Leema are quite conscientious in their efforts to take every precaution that there shall be no misuse of any instrument which they have the honor and the opportunity of utilizing. Thus, they are aware of your tendency toward trance and are further aware of the holding of hands to avoid this state, yet seek the added reassurance of the more vertical posture to avoid that trance state.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: Yes. Would it be to my interest or edification to try to find out more about my trance state or is it better just to let it be?

I am Latwii, and we are not sure, my sister, if we have grasped the gist of your query. We are aware that the occurrence of the trance state within your experience has been shrouded in great mystery, and we assume that you would at this time query concerning lifting that shroud so that there might be a recognition of the steps or procedures that have been internalized in your case and those steps retraced in order that you might consciously understand the phenomenon that you have experienced. Are we correct, my sister?

Carla: Yes, I wish to know only if it would be helpful to pursue that knowledge. And, if so, how?

I am Latwii. We feel that we have the gist of your query at this time, and are examining it for the situation in respect to the Law of Confusion, for we do not wish to speak where words are not appropriate.

Carla: Well, let me help me/you out, then. It’s my hunch that I’m a lot better off not asking any questions about it. Can you confirm that?

I am Latwii, and, my sister, we feel that your supposition is one which is appropriate at this time, for the condition of trance is a condition which was carefully guarded and used at a previous time, as you call it, and is a condition which is not so recommended at this time.

May we attempt further response, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my sister, as always. Is there another query?

N: Yes, Latwii. We were discussing earlier the fact that many children have been deluded by other people, and against their free will, and I was particularly wondering if this sort of query situation could be utilized to locate any specific entities that have their free will deluded, so to speak, such as this A that disappeared in this area a couple of years ago?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. In most instances we would suggest that this type of a query and direction for group energies is a service to those who have been led away and astray. There are some groups that are well-prepared, shall we say, to undertake this endeavor. This group, however, utilizing the instruments at its disposal, and with the contact being of the non-trance variety, would find it most difficult to provide this service, for there must be a great effort put forth in a specific manner and these instruments as they are currently being used would not be able to transmit the information which we could with some effort provide. Ours is a service which is basically philosophical in character, hoping as we do that we may provide some information for each entity’s journey of seeking and development of the point of view.

May we answer you further, my brother?

N: Well, yes. You said that was a service that you could provide but not for these instruments, and that you prefer a trance state. Would it not also be a service to others, or should we say, what direction would you suggest so that we might utilize this as a service to others?

I am Latwii, and, my brother, as each entity and each group has the certain talents and skills, we find that in general the service of which you speak is not one which would be possible through this type of contact or utilizing these instruments.

May we answer further?

N: Well, I was just wondering if you could suggest what type of contact or what direction one might take in order to perhaps try to fulfill this service to others?

I am Latwii, and, my brother, we would suggest that one would need to find an entity that was quite gifted in the ability to achieve the level of trance necessary for such specific service, and one would have to find this entity also willing to undertake such service and to be knowledgeable enough concerning this service to utilize the proper tuning and challenging techniques with which you are familiar.

May we answer you further, my brother?

N: Well, thank you very much. I was wondering in my particular case, is there any way to amplify the seeming induction of thought phrases, or thoughts, or words in an incident such as myself? I seem to have such difficulty in pulling each word through the purple maze.

Latwii: My brother, we find that you have proceeded quite rapidly in this endeavor. The vocal channeling is a service which is not always so quickly learned, and we commend your rapid progress and could suggest that you rest your concerns and continue as you are. We can further suggest that the continual refining of this skill is a blend of two characteristics which seem to be mutually exclusive, that is, the increasing of the desire to serve in this manner and the achieving of greater and greater levels of relaxation and opening of the mind in order that concepts may be transmitted without the interference of analysis. To seek strongly such a service and to relax into the level of the, shall we say, out on the limb fool is that recommendation which blends the seeming opposite tendencies or characteristics which allow refinement of your vocal channeling skill.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: I was just wondering if the “out on a limb” came from Shirley MacLaine?

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and we are once again with this instrument. Is there another query?

N: I have for a while wondered, but never really wanted to ask, but now I think that many considerations refer to the Light of Christ, and I’m sure that this exists, but what was the phrase used in those who were aware, say with Tutankhamen or the groups that Ra visited, was there such a phrase as—was it the Light of the Creator rather than the Light of Christ, or just what type of, shall we say, phraseology was considered appropriate prior to 2000 years ago?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. We find that throughout the history of the many cultures of your planet there have been many words and phrases used to describe this state of awareness. There have been many entities such as the one known as Jesus of Nazareth who attained the awareness that is known to your peoples—some portion of them, that is—as the Christ, or Christed, or Christened consciousness. This term or others like it have been in use for a great portion of time preceding the one known as Jesus as Nazareth. There have been so many ways of describing this state of awareness that we could not list them all nor begin to list them accurately, for in the many languages which describe this state there have been many, many attempts to phrase words which would be succinct and illuminating.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: There was a man in Homestead, Florida, who built a sort of house or castle out of coral, and as we discussed earlier, he would have huge blocks of stones, weighing five tons or so put on a truck overnight. This was before mobile cranes were available for this sort of thing. The only thing that he would say to anyone if they asked him is that he learned the secrets of the pyramids. This man was a Lithuanian who could not speak very good English, so there was a communication barrier. He could not drive, and so forth, and yet he built a very unique edifice using this supposed secret of the pyramids. Was a portion of this secret the ability to lift huge weights or to transmute their location? And if so, could others take such a direction?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. We find in this instance that the information regarding this particular entity has been, shall we say, somewhat distorted in the telling and retelling, and the entity himself was not completely, shall we say, clear and open in his communication of the means by which he did that which he did. We cannot discern the complete story, for there has been a good deal of distortion, and we apologize for being unable to provide the answer for which you seek.

May we attempt another query, my brother?

N: Thank you very much. Perhaps Carla has something.

Carla: Yeah, I have a question that kind of disturbs me. The instant that N asked where A was, the following words flashed into my mind, that she was north of the Ohio River in Indiana, and she was dead. I immediately asked who the person was that gave me this thought, didn’t get anything, challenged the entity. The entity successfully answered the challenge. I again asked the entity’s name, and it simply went away. I don’t know whether that was Confederation or whether it only seemed to answer the challenge or what. I also wonder if I’m dangerously near trance just because we’ve been talking about it.

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. We find that the entity of which you speak was one which has no Confederation affiliation and was desirous of giving information which would pique the curiosity and perhaps cause your instrument to be utilized in a manner which would be deleterious to your safety and health.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: Are you saying that any time I went into trance for any reason it would cost me the same as it cost to do a Ra session?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. We do not mean to be facetious, my sister, but the cost would be far greater. The cost is that of which you are aware.

May we answer further?

Carla: Is there an intensification of the amount of vital energy it takes out of me, trance after trance?

I am Latwii. My sister, we find that you are still seeking that of which we speak. The use of the trance state would have those deleterious effects of which you have been aware for some time. We speak not of the normal wear and tear of any individual trance session but of the more dire results.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: Yeah. Let me refine that down a little bit. Would you confirm that any inner plane teacher for whom I went into trance would take a much severer toll on me? And I’m not just speaking of the removal of my mind by a spirit complex if I got hooked up with a negative entity—I know that part. What I’m interested in is just still mechanics, but I noticed during the Ra contact that as much as it took out of me, it did not take as much out of me to do a Ra session as it did when I went into trance for T and let E come through, those two times. That was extreme physical fatigue and pain, and they were very short sessions compared to the Ra sessions. It was a much worse toll on me and I’m wondering if that would be true of any non-Confederation, or really just any contact besides that of Ra which I undoubtedly made agreements with before this incarnation?

I am Latwii, and am aware of your query, my sister. You are in large part correct. The greater toll which a contact in the trance state for the purposes stated would take could somewhat be offset by the more appropriate use of your instrument compared to its use in the two time periods of which you speak. The greater problem, however, is not the greater toll which such trance work would take but is the proper protection being provided, for your work has drawn the attention of those negative entities who are quite willing and able to cause difficulties at any opportunity. Thus, the protection must be most exquisitely prepared and is at this time not available.

May we answer further, my sister.

Carla: When you refer to my work, are you referring to my being or to my fruits?

I am Latwii, and, my sister, we refer to whatever fruit might come from the work in trance. May we answer further?

Carla: Then my being by itself does not attract the negative entities. Is this correct?

I am Latwii, and, my sister, any entity who seeks along the path of positivity and service to others will find that its efforts attract the negative attention the purer the efforts become, for such efforts are as a Light and such Light is as a power, for it may transform others by its being and presence. Thus, those of negative polarity seek to control such power. And if such control cannot be gained, in some instances, then the Light is put out, if possible.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: If I had never made contact with Ra, and I was simply trying to be the best person I know how to be, to attain sainthood in this incarnation, would I have attracted the same negative entity, or is it the works themselves that attract the big guns?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. If the case which you hypothesize had been your experience, you would have attracted the minions of such negative entities who would provide as they provide to all such seekers the tests and the temptations that each seeker must discern and put behind.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we find that this instrument has quickly grown fatigued due to its concern that it is somewhat over its head in this particular session. Thus, we shall relinquish our use of this instrument for this evening, and we thank each for inviting our presence. We remind each that our words are but our humble opinions and we have no absolute truth to share. Use your saltshaker quite liberally, my friends. We are those of Latwii, and we leave you in the Love and the Light of our infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

This morning the quote from The Thunder of Silence is: “Mind forms its own conditions of matter, body, and form. Mind does not create; mind forms. Creation is already complete—spiritual, eternal, and perfect—but our mind, depending on its conditioning, forms and interprets our human experience on this place. If our mind is completely free of the judgment of good and evil, the Spirit forms its own image and likeness through the mind as happy harmonious, and successful living. If mind is conditioned by judgments of good and evil, mind is not a clear transparency, and in proportion to its conditioning will experiences of good and evil take place in our lives.

Mind, when free of theories, superstitions, beliefs, and false concerns, governs material form harmoniously and eternally. If we had no false concepts of anything in this world, that is, no judgment whether anything is good or evil, we could soon discover that our mind would bring all forms to us—forms wondrous in their intricacy, beauty, and abundance. Only as we ourselves let the judgment of good or evil, healthy or unhealthy, operate, does the mind present those forms to us for our acceptance.

When the mind receives the Light of spiritual wisdom, the appearance conforms more nearly to mind’s pure form. Soul governs Its spiritual activity and form, so mind, when it is free of hypnotism, that is, the belief of good and evil receives the full Light of Soul.

Mind, imbued with spiritual truth, is a law of renewal, regeneration, restoration, and resurrection. Your mind and mine, imbued with Truth, is the mind of those who come to us and of those embraced in our consciousness. Your mind and my mind imbued with Truth is the mind of individual being.

Anyone who has ever been the means of a spiritual healing knows that this is true, and their individual mind, as it is imbued with Truth becomes a law of renewal, regeneration, or reformation expressing as physical, mental, moral, or financial healing to those who come to them.

As troubled people bring their problems to us, if we are able to see the person or condition as neither good nor evil, sick nor well, rich nor poor, that is, see them without judgment, we then no longer have a carnal mind, but are in full possession of the mind which was in Christ Jesus—a mind which recognizes only one power, and unconditioned mind—and it dispels the illusions of sense. We do not have to get rid of or overcome the carnal mind; we do not have to destroy it: we only have to understand that our mind is a perfect instrument for the Soul, and this it becomes as we fill our mind with spiritual truth and grace.

When we are faced with a problem at any level, we must first remember that the substance of the visible universe is unconditioned mind which is the instrument of pure, immortal Being, Essence, Substance, and Reality, and its formations are also unconditioned because they are mind itself appearing as infinite form.”

I went on an errand run this morning with my first stop at Thieneman’s Nursery to buy five more Snapdragons, another tray of Dianthus, a tray of Dahlias, and     . My next stop was at Kroger’s where I bought some food for myself. My third stop was at the Speedway Gas Station where I filled all of Stanley’s tires with 32 psi of air. My last stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I bought a birthday card for a friend of mine.

When I got home, I transplanted the 5 Snapdragons in the last five small clay tile pipes in the clay tile pyramid in the back yard. Then I transplanted the tray of Dianthus in the area at the end of the driveway.

This afternoon I drove over to the Providence Care Home in New Albany, IN. to visit Connie. I showed her some pictures and videos on my cell phone of flowers in my yard and videos of my kitten, MJ. Then I read her some quotes from Carla’s Autobiography. Then we had our regular meditation of about 10 minutes. Then I gave her a hug, told her I loved her, and that I would see her again next month.

When I got home I transplanted the Dahlias in the Ruins Mound between the garage and the back of my home. Then I planted the Orange Marigolds in the Ruins Mound. Then I planted the Yellow Marigolds in the Ruins Mound. Then I watered all of the flowers with fertilized water.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 18

The Inward House Of Prayer

I am of the principle of the Love of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of that living Love.

If you seek to do the Father’s will this day, be not satisfied with actions which leave a residue within the mind and spirit of anxiety, restlessness, and fatigue. For if these things are felt, then mundane concerns have not been sacrificed in order that the Spirit may be dead to Earth and made alive to the moving will of the Creator.

If goodly and Godly effort has fatigued you, turn to the inward house of prayer and offer up the self with all of the opinions and requirements of the world in which you live.

And await the refreshment that the Spirit gives to those who pray. For it is the soul refreshed in Spirit which faces all earthly tasks without a sense of labor and all mundane toils without the expectation of fatigue.

Be only satisfied in prayer when the state of mind that is within you is that the world is alive and filled with joy, as the Spirit moves and recreates all that there is to become more and more the image and manifestation of Love.

We leave you in the inward peace which is the hallmark of the consciousness of Love amidst any circumstance. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of Love and open our hearts minds, and souls to send Love, Light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite Love, Light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our Love, Light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the L/Leema and Latwii channelings for this session come from June 16, 1985:

(Carla channeling)

I am L/Leema, and I greet you in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator whom we all serve with our gifts in one way or another. It is a great privilege to be with you this evening, and we both thank you for your call that we may attempt to be of service to you and assure you that we shall attempt further to be somewhat less wordy than in our discourse previous. We are in the process of adjusting to this instrument. It will be necessary for this instrument to move, so we shall pause.

[Pause]

I am L/Leema and am again with this instrument. This is a much better position. So that we may refrain from straining this instrument’s neck region, it was necessary to encourage the instrument to become more erect in its posture.

When we speak to you of gifts, know that we speak not as your holy book known as the Bible speaks, for the gifts therein mentioned are far too categorized and narrow. Spiritual gifts abound, and there are a variety of spiritual gifts for each entity who seeks to know the truth. The entry into the very gateway of Love opens to the seeker a veritable Christmas, shall we say, of gifts. And as the seeker walks a sometimes weary road, the gifts multiply if they are recognized and used, and gradually disappear if the opportunity is not accepted.

Before we speak of gifts themselves, let us speak of the nature of phenomena. We ask you to consider that you are not your body, nor are you those things which your body does. Who you are is barely  connected to the body, the life of the body, and the labor and acts of one who is within your third-density illusion. The actual nature of each entity is one with the one great original Thought, which many have called Love, some have called Logos, and others have called any number of names intending to refer to the Godhead or Creator. In this state of consciousness, gifts are available in infinity of supply, yet are unavailable due the fact that there is not an individual with free will which has separated its consciousness from the Creator enough to become a co-Creator. So, when we address you, we are not addressing entities who shall be known as spiritual due to their works and the apparent display of gifts. We address you as portions of the Creator. Your natures are unchangeable and have been unchanged for an eternity. As you find these words, you are already ancient, ancient in thought, in understanding, and in wisdom.

The concern of the group this evening is not only the nature of gifts, but what methods may be used in order to gain or regain knowledge and use of these gifts. We feel that it is important that we have prefaced this question with the information that the phenomenons about which you ask are not conducive or detrimental to spiritual growth. They are neutral ground against which the biases of your personality will form attitudes towards those gifts. Those attitudes are the most interesting, thought-provoking, informative and important portion of your seeking after phenomena. All things can be holy, and all things can be mundane. Those who approach gifts which are considered spiritual—whether they are in fact spiritual or not—with the desire to serve others are polarizing in a positive direction. This is important, and the knowledge that this is important is informative.

In this session L/Leema spoke about gifts and phenomena. They began by saying before we speak of gifts, let us speak of the nature of phenomena, so we ask you to consider that you are not your body, nor are you those things which your body does, and who you are is barely  connected to the life of the body, and the labor and acts of one who is within your third-density illusion, for the actual nature of each entity is one with the one great original Thought, called Love or Logos, and others have called the Godhead or Creator, so in this state of consciousness gifts are available in infinity of supply, yet are unavailable due the fact that there is not an individual with free will which has separated its consciousness from the Creator enough to become a co-Creator, so when we address you, we are not addressing entities who shall be known as spiritual due to their works and gifts, but we address you as portions of the Creator since your natures have been unchanged for an eternity, and as you find these words, you are already ancient in thought and in wisdom. Then L/Leema said the concern of the group this evening is not only the nature of gifts, but what methods may be used in order to gain or regain knowledge and use of these gifts, and we feel that it is important that we have prefaced this question with the information that the phenomena about which you ask are not helpful or harmful to spiritual growth, for they are neutral ground against which the biases of your personality will form attitudes towards those gifts, so those attitudes are informative and important portions of your seeking after phenomena, yet all things can be holy, and all things can be mundane, for those who approach gifts which are considered spiritual—whether they are spiritual or not—with the desire to serve others are polarizing in a positive direction, so this is important and informative.

When we speak to you of gifts, know that we speak not as your holy book known as the Bible speaks, for the gifts therein mentioned are far too categorized and narrow. Spiritual gifts abound, and there are a variety of spiritual gifts for each entity who seeks to know the truth. The entry into the very gateway of love opens to the seeker a veritable Christmas, shall we say, of gifts. And as the seeker walks a sometimes weary road, the gifts multiply if they are recognized and used, and gradually disappear if the opportunity is not accepted. On November 19, 1997, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our greatest of gifts:

When one considers what one is to do with one’s gifts, we would encourage each seeker to contemplate first the greatest gift, that gift of consciousness. There are duties and responsibilities that go hand in hand with the awakening of awareness of one’s spiritual identity. One responsibility is to remember who you are, and what you are. For it is that essence that you came primarily to offer as your service. As each comprehends these words, each is fulfilling her major, primary service. For the primary service is to share sacrificially the essential vibrations of self with the planet that you call Earth in order that the planetary consciousness may be lightened at this critical time, metaphysically speaking, in Earth’s history. So no matter what occurs within the outer world, as the one known as C observed, no matter whether one devolops a new physics or works and retires, the primary service is performed as you breathe in and out, and as you are most deeply and truly yourself.

It has often been wondered why some are given gifts, seemingly at random, why the large majority who enjoy experience upon third density seem to be either without spiritual gifts or only vaguely aware of the various hypersensitivities that constitute the general concept of the spiritual gift. By this we mean that a hypersensitivity of the ear would produce clairaudience or clear hearing; hypersensitivity of vision producing clear vision or clairvoyance and so forth. Why are some given the gift of seeing that which others cannot, yet that which has substance in the sub-vibration of your inner planes? To understand the answer to this, one may simply gaze at the round upon round of incarnational experiences, the end product of which is each of you. In previous incarnational experiences, some have studied with great earnestness and sincerity and in a future lifetime then have continued that study, either consciously or subconsciously choosing the same area until eventually the entity arrives within the illusion at the beginning of an incarnational experience with a gift. It is a gift that has been earned, my friends, not in one incarnation, but in many. It is the equivalent of one who studies the piano, not in one incarnation but in three. By the third incarnation the human hand guides itself to the keyboard and euphonious harmony ensues therefrom. The singer is a singer, a dancer a dancer of eternity. To each, gifts are given.

We can think of no simpler way to state this simple answer. When a gifted person says to one who is not gifted in the same way, “Why do you not study harder, for this gift is your birthright?” the questioning entity is neglecting to realize that there was no study involved for him or her. It was a gift. The gift may have been refined, indeed, not have been refined by the experiences of the present incarnation; that is the nature of the illusion, and it is seldom wasted. Catalyst is used. That which is not needed is burned, that which is deemed appropriate is harvested and the process goes on. To expect to learn a gift within one lifetime is as unreasonable as to expect one who has not danced in previous lifetimes to go through childhood, partaking the lessons of the dance, and then to blossom into a ballerina of the first caliber. It is possible to learn the steps; it is possible to work upon balance, grace, poise, and discipline of these things are what a dancer needs. What is not possible to learn in one lifetime is the heart and the soul of the dancer, for the heart and soul of the dancer dances to the one Creator, rejoices, and grieves with the one Creator by the movement of arms, torso, and legs. The one with the gift of music, be it singing or playing, may feel that the gift has been simply training and a little talent. But the one with the true gift found Love in the song, creativity, Light and fire in the generation of song. Can these things be taught, my friends? We think not.

L/Leema  went on to say it has often been wondered why some are given gifts, seemingly at random, why the majority who enjoy experience upon third density seem to be either without spiritual gifts or only vaguely aware of the various hypersensitivities that constitute the general concept of the spiritual gift, and by this we mean that a hypersensitivity of the ear would produce clear hearing; hypersensitivity of vision producing clear vision and so forth so: “Why are some given the gift of seeing that which others cannot, yet that which has substance in the sub-vibration of your inner planes?” L/Leema said to understand the answer to this, one may gaze at the round of incarnational experiences, the end product of which is each of you, for in previous incarnations some have studied with sincerity, and in a future lifetime then have continued that study, either consciously or subconsciously choosing the same area until the entity arrives within the illusion at the beginning of an incarnational experience with a gift that has been earned, not in one incarnation, but in many, for it is the equivalent of one who studies the piano, not in one incarnation but in three, and by the third incarnation the human hand guides itself to the keyboard and harmony comes forth, and the singer is a singer, a dancer a dancer of eternity, and to each, gifts are given. Then L/Leema said we can think of no simpler way to state this answer, for when a gifted person says to one who is not gifted in the same way, “Why do you not study harder, for this gift is your birthright?” the questioning entity is neglecting to realize that there was no study involved for him or her, for it was a gift, and the gift may have been refined, indeed or not have been refined by the experiences of the present incarnation since that is the nature of the illusion, and it is seldom wasted, for catalyst is used, and that which is not needed is burned, that which is deemed appropriate is harvested, and the process goes on, but to expect to learn a gift within one lifetime is as unreasonable as to expect one who has not danced in previous lifetimes to go through childhood, partaking the lessons of the dance, and then to blossom into a ballerina of the first caliber, so it is possible to learn the steps; it is possible to work upon balance, grace, poise, and discipline of these things are what a dancer needs, but what is not possible to learn in one lifetime is the heart and the soul of the dancer, for the heart and soul of the dancer dances to the one Creator, rejoices, and grieves with the one Creator by the movement of arms, torso, and legs, yet the one with the gift of music, be it singing or playing, may feel that the gift has been training and a little talent, but the one with the true gift found Love in the song, creativity, Light and fire in the generation of song, so: “Can these things be taught, my friends?” L/Leema said we think not. On February 26, 1985, Latwii spoke of the nature of the true gift:

As you attempt to be of service to others there will be the opportunities that you will note. You will, without hesitation, seek these opportunities and offer that which is in you and with you and which can come through you, offering that as the bread cast upon the water without the dedication to any particular outcome, for that which is freely given is the true gift. To worry overmuch about forming the fruit of such a gift then tends to distort that gift in some manner.

We move on to our final thought, and we hope one which one may be helpful in realigning each entity’s perception of that which is truly gift. The true gifts are often unremarkable. Seldom does the dramatic incarnational experience involve spiritual gifts, for this is not a third-density world upon which spiritual gifts are greatly appreciated. These gifts are manifestations of Love. They seem humble. They are the gifts of unselfishness, of willingness, of enthusiasm, of patience, of courage under distress, of the reached-out hand. These are the gifts which are spiritual, and they are the birthright of all of you. Each entity has this birthright. Yes, it is true; you have all knowledge; you have all the answers; these too are your birthright. But how many incarnations shall you go through in order to refine each and every phenomenological gift? And as [inaudible] when the treasure, the true gift is a cheerful and willing heart, and the mind which is single in its devotion to seeking the truth, to aiding others, and to finding the one infinite Creator in each and every glance, each and every moment, each and every situation.

As you pursue these true gifts we ask you to refrain from judgment whenever possible. And when it is necessary to judge yourself because of your biases, we ask that you forgive yourself each and every time. One attitude and one attitude only shall open to you the gates of the spiritual kingdom, and that is the attitude of openness and vulnerability to the Creator. A deck of cards, a set of numbers, designs in the sky, specters and visions in the orb of glass, are interesting for the moment, but as you face the larger perspective, you must at some point choose to turn your face to the Creator, knowing not, but hoping, understanding not, but believing in things unseen. Be clever among people, my friends, but be innocent before the Creator, for as children, you shall learn much from the Creator.

L/Leema continued by saying we move on to our final thought, and we hope one which one may be helpful in realigning each entity’s perception of that which is truly a gift, so the true gifts are often unremarkable, for seldom does the incarnational experience involve spiritual gifts, for this is not a third-density world upon which spiritual gifts are greatly appreciated, for these gifts are manifestations of Love, and they are the gifts of unselfishness, of enthusiasm, of courage under distress, of gifts which are spiritual, and they are the birthright of all of you, for each entity has this birthright, and you have all knowledge as this too is your birthright, but: “How many incarnations shall you go through in order to refine each and every phenomenological gift?” L/Leema said and as [inaudible] when the true gift is a cheerful and willing heart, and the mind which is single in its devotion to seeking the truth, to aiding others, and to finding the one infinite Creator in each glance, moment, and situation, so we move to our final thought, and we hope one which may be helpful in realigning each entity’s perception of that which is truly a gift, for true gifts are often unremarkable, and seldom does the dramatic incarnational experience involve spiritual gifts, for this is not a third-density world upon which spiritual gifts are appreciated, yet these gifts are manifestations of Love, for they are the gifts of enthusiasm and patience, gifts which are spiritual, and they are the birthright of all of you, for each entity has this birthright, and you have all the answers, but: “How many incarnations shall you go through in order to refine each and every gift? “Now L/Leema said as you pursue these true gifts we ask you to refrain from judgment whenever possible, and when it is necessary to judge yourself because of your biases, we ask that you forgive yourself each time, so one attitude only shall open to you the gates of the spiritual kingdom, and that is the attitude of vulnerability to the Creator, so a deck of cards, a set of numbers, and designs in the sky are interesting for the moment, but as you face the larger perspective, you must turn your face to the Creator understanding not, but believing in things unseen, so be clever among people, but be innocent before the Creator, for as children, you shall learn much from the Creator, and as the true gift is a cheerful heart, and the mind which is single in its devotion to seeking the truth, to aiding others, and to finding the one infinite Creator in each glance, each moment, and each situation. On April 14, 2021, Q’uo described the nature of a true gift:

We understand that from your perspective within the third density that continuing in such metaphorical darkness might seem as an extension of a form of punishment or imprisonment, but we encourage you to consider the point of view from outside of your veil of forgetting in which experience within the third density is a true gift that may have a great and enduring benefit for the individual on their own spiritual journey.

I am L/Leema. We are again most humbly grateful to be allowed to be of service in whatever small way we can. We ask you to discard any word, or phrase, or sentence, or thought which we have said amiss, or which does not fill a need for you, for we are fallible and humble, and what we say to you is our opinion. We too search, and we too find. We leave you, glorying in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator. May the gifts you seek and the gifts you receive lighten the road upon which you live, and glorify the Creator you seek so diligently. Above all, may you have lightness of heart in your endeavor, and find laughter and joy amongst the cobblestones, the hills and the valleys, the darkness and the noontimes of your search. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and we greet you, my friends, in the Love and the Light of our infinite Creator. We are most happy to be with you again, and we with you have enjoyed the dissertation by our brothers and sisters of L/Leema. We would attempt to offer a similar service, perhaps with more queries. May we begin then with the first query for the evening?

L: I’ll jump in. First of all, Latwii, was I being contacted by L/Leema at the beginning of this session?

I am Latwii. My brother, as we scan the time period of which you speak, we find that there was an attempt to condition your instrument by the brothers and sisters of L/Leema, for you have had your initial experience with these entities, and it was their desire that you should also experience the conditioning which you were made aware of in order that your instrument might be able at some point to serve in the transmission of their thoughts.

May we answer you further?

L: Yes. In L/Leema’s introductory comments, unless I misunderstood, they referred to themselves as “we both.” Is this correct, and if so, could you explain it?

I am Latwii, and we feel that we may explain this comment by suggesting that there are more than two entities within the social memory complex known to you as L/Leema. In that opening comment, these entities meant to both thank you and assure you. If you look at this transcript when it is complete, you may find the grammatical sense in that reply.

May we answer you further, my brother?

L: No, thank you. I was somewhat… It piqued my interest without… obviously looking deeper than there was depth. Thank you very much.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my brother. May we have another query?

T: Yes. I have a question. L/Leema said that one of the most important things we can do is to have an open heart and be open to the Creator. Well, if, indeed, everyone is the Creator, and if Love of the Creator and an open heart are the most important things, then isn’t one of the… I guess I’m looking for an everyday concrete way to work on myself. And it seems to me that if indeed everyone is the Creator, and Love is the most important thing, then the place to start is with Love of the self because when you Love yourself, you are indeed Loving the Creator which encompasses everything. Could you please comment on that for me?

I am Latwii, and we shall attempt, my brother, to comment upon this most central query in the life of the seeker. Indeed, if it be true that all is One, and that one is the one Creator, then you have truly spoken when you have suggested that one may begin with Love of the self. In truth, my brother, one may begin at any point, for all points are one. The choice of perspective is that choice which each seeker must arrive at by whatever means has value to the seeker. You may begin at any chosen point, but when you begin at an individualized portion of that one Creator, you first begin with you, for that is all the limited consciousness within your illusion encompasses.

As you begin your life upon this plane you form the idea of the self first. You then take that self upon many journeys. That self thinks many thoughts about everything that is placed before it, and if that self can feel the security and wholeness of its own being, indeed, if it can Love itself, then this Love may expand as do the rings of a pond when a stone is thrown within it, and these rings of Love then may encompass all that the self touches, and all that the self becomes aware of. It would seem that this would be the most efficacious means of knowing Love and seeking the one Creator that is in all, yet for many the path is more circuitous, for one or another many selves are given the added opportunity, shall we say—burden, perhaps you will say—of finding difficulties within the self which do not seem Lovable. These difficulties or opportunities are for the purpose of enhancing some aspect of Love which the entity before the incarnation felt it lacked capability in expressing.

T asked: “And it seems to me that if indeed everyone is the Creator, and Love is the most important thing, then the place to start is with Love of the self because when you Love yourself, you are indeed Loving the Creator which encompasses everything. Could you please comment on that for me?” Latwii replied by saying if it be true that all is One, and that one is the one Creator, then you have truly spoken when you have suggested that one may begin with Love of the self, and one may begin at any point, for all points are one, and the choice of perspective is that choice which each seeker must arrive at by whatever means has value to the seeker, for you may begin at any point, but when you begin at an individualized portion of that one Creator, you first begin with you, for that is all the limited consciousness within your illusion encompasses. Now Latwii said as you begin your life upon this plane you form the idea of the self first, and you take that self upon many journeys, so that self thinks many thoughts about everything that is placed before it, and if that self can can Love itself, then this Love may expand as do the rings of a pond when a stone is thrown within it, and these rings of Love then may encompass all that the self touches, and all that the self becomes aware of, so it would seem that this would be the most helpful means of knowing Love and seeking the one Creator that is in all, yet for many the path is more circuitous, for many selves are given the added opportunity of finding difficulties within the self which do not seem Lovable, so these difficulties are for the purpose of enhancing some aspect of Love which the entity before the incarnation felt it lacked capability in expressing. On December 26, 1982, Latwii spoke of some aspect of Love that is within us:

As always, my sister, the lesson to be learned is some aspect of Love and acceptance. It may be, however, that the Love to be learned may have an aspect of wisdom connected to it. That is, how best to Love such an entity. It may be that to Love such an entity in the most helpful way to that entity would be not the simple acceptance of every portion without comment, but the gentle directing of Love in a manner which would attempt some form of sharing the self as an instructive technique so that the entity might know that as you accept it, you also have responses that are somewhat disturbing that you wish to share so that the entity might know that it is being perceived in such and such a manner by yourself as you Love to the best of your ability.

Thus, many entities begin their search and seeking for Love and unity partially within and partially without the self. The journey of seeking this Love may for some be more efficacious when the Love is expressed for another being, perhaps for a place, perhaps for an art, perhaps a thought, perhaps a project, and so forth. Then when an entity sees itself reflected in that other self, thought, art, or thing, it becomes more able to appreciate and to love self. Thus, it matters not so much where one begins as it matters that one begins to seek Love and to find unity with all things. For these basic, what you would call, truths that permeate your entire illusion and all previous and future illusions are similarly built upon the unity of all things and the Love which motivates the experience of things, places, universes and entities within them.

Now Latwii said many entities begin their seeking for Love and unity partially within and partially without the self, and the journey of seeking this Love may be more helpful when the Love is expressed for another being, for a place, or a project, and when an entity sees itself reflected in that other self or thing, it becomes more able to appreciate and to Love its self, but it matters not so much where one begins as it matters that one begins to seek Love and to find unity with all things, for these basic truths that permeate your illusion and all previous and future illusions are similarly built upon the unity of all things and the Love which motivates the experience of things, universes, and entities within them. On November 23, 1986, Q’uo spoke of the unity of all things:

Know that all you experience is the Creator. See in each face that greets your own the Creator. Seek in each experience the source of Light and Love that forms experience. Seek beyond the illusion of separation that which binds all that you experience. Look, in other words, my brother, beyond the outer appearance of the illusion which surrounds you, for it is in its own way that which teaches you that the source of all creation and experience within it is the one Creator which moves by the power of Its Love, and reveals by the power of Its Light the unity of all things.

May we answer further, my brother?

T:  Well, I find many things in what was just said that I can apply to myself personally. I’m just wondering, do you have anything—I don’t know if maybe this is not even within the realm of possibility. Do you have anything of a more personal nature, any suggestions for me, I guess I’m saying?

I am Latwii, and, my brother, we may make many suggestions for many entities, and yet each shall choose that which has meaning. If we may be most general, we may suggest that each entity you meet, and each situation that comes before you be seen as the Creator. Frame the entity or the situation and label it the Creator, and if you fall short in your perception and appreciation of any entity or situation and are unable to feel it as the Creator, unable to Love it as the Creator, then use that falling short as your daily meditation, as your meditation for that day, so that whatever keeps you from Loving and seeing the Creator in all might then be smoothed, and your journey made more efficient, shall we say.

May we answer further, my brother?

T: No, that’s wonderful. Thank you very much.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my brother. Is there another query?

Carla: I’d kind of like to follow up on that because I’m also seeking intensely at this point. But the conclusion that I’d come to was that what I needed to seek was the Creator Itself, and to stop seeking Love of myself or Love of others. And I wondered if you could comment on the efficacy of that path?

I am Latwii, and we shall, my sister, attempt to comment upon your observation which is most perceptive in its heart. As the seeker continues upon its journey seeking one portion of truth, and then another portion, and then seeking these various portions in one place or another, and then in one way or another the entity finds a harvest in each place and in each manner of seeking. The entity in its seeking, then, gathers an awareness of Love in an expanding and dynamic nature and begins to feel its connection with all that surrounds it. This connection begins to grow and to expand, and eventually the entity begins to replace the seeking of Love and the seeking of the Creator with that which we may describe as being Love and being the Creator. The conscious effort to do gives over to, shall we say, more automatic effort to be that which was previously sought.

May we answer further, my sister.

Carla: I thank you for that general answer, and I don’t know if you can answer this specific query or not, but I’m going to be juice-fasting soon, and the doctor that was overseeing this fast was concerned that I would not get enough nutrients, and it came to me as I was contemplating this that what I should do is see if I could arrange for daily holy communion…

[Side one of tape ends.]

Anyway, my thought was as I started on this path in order to provide a plentiful supply of nutrients, which is hard to do on a juice fast so I understand that it would be very efficacious for me to take holy communion every day if I could arrange it because that metaphysical food is high in value. Could you comment in general on this thinking, given that the person in general happens to be a Christian?

I am Latwii and am aware in general of your query, my sister. We find that the preparations which you anticipate for this fast have been carefully considered, and should because of this careful consideration and forceful application of the will, shall we say, be nutritious and supportive to the not only physical but mental and emotional bodies which derive their nourishment from the food which goes into the mouth, and more especially in your case the food which proceeds from the mouth.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: I’ll have to read that. Thank you.

I am Latwii. We thank you, my sister. Is there another query?

N: Yes, I have a query in that those answers previously derived—I would wonder if we can focus our considerations for all being the Creator in some direct method when it is difficult to accept, shall we say, the transgressions of others. Can we just think it, and it’s there? Or how can we convince ourselves?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. We find that this is a general query which is specific in application, therefore most difficult to answer specifically, for each entity will find that there are a variety of ways that are useful in, as you have put it, convincing oneself that the Creator is all about one. You must, my brother, make your own choice in this regard. We could give this or that technique, yet no technique would be efficacious without the will and the faith that such technique would be efficacious. You may apply any particular technique. That of importance is the intention of the technique, not so much the technique. If you will also include in this technique the meditation upon your discoveries, you shall then take that which is learned by technique and mechanical application of the technique and seek it within your being, that it might become a functioning part of your perception. Look you first, my brother, to the intention. The technique is basically unimportant.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Well, in reference to the meditation, when we meditate, many seem to have answers apparent, to those entities that do meditate, although some of us don’t seem to have, shall we say, directness of the meditation, or answers, or however you wish to phrase it. Is there any method of meditation that is better than others, or do we just have to wait until we are totally oriented?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. Again, it is not possible to know the true fruits of any entity’s meditative efforts. Many speak that which they wish to have occur. Yet, what has occurred? None know, perhaps even the entity itself does not know. Again, we revert, shall we say, to our previous response and may suggest that any means of meditation which has value to you will work for you if your desire is pure and strong. If you seek with all your being one facet or another of the Creator, if you seek with all your being the meaning of some experience within your life, you shall find that, for as it has been written it is truly stated that “As you seek you shall find,” for if all is one, when one portion seeks, it can only seek another portion of yourself. And you, my brother, shall find you, for you have nothing else to find.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: There is a course called the Silva mind control which teaches that we are all healers if we desire to heal. Can this readily occur as stated?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. We find that it is possible for anything to occur, but we find that it is sometimes not probable. We shall attempt clarification. All entities, being the one Creator, contain at some level of being, the ability to do, and to be all that may be done, and all that can be experienced. Yet within each incarnation there is, shall we say, a plan or a program which each entity wishes to complete in order to balance, shall we say, certain deficiencies or develop certain areas that are seen to need attention within the overall being.

Let us say, for example, that an entity has in a number of previous incarnations been a quite good healer, has had the need to provide this service, and has done so, and before its current incarnation decided that there were other lessons to learn and services to offer, and there was no need to, shall we say, pack the provisions for healing, for upon this journey there were other provisions more of importance. Let us say that this entity within its current incarnation decides through one means or another, of reading information, listening to others, that it shall pursue the path of the healer. It may with great difficulty be able to call upon those energies which are within its abilities and develop some potential for healing. Yet this development would be difficult and in some cases, perhaps, take the center stage away from those areas which the entity decided before the incarnation that it wished to focus upon. Thus, it is necessary for the seeker to seek the heart of its purpose or plan for its incarnation and not shop about overlong for one skill, and another, and another. It is most helpful, therefore, for each seeker to truly know the self, to become aware of those attributes which the self has provided for its learning and its service, to guard and use these attributes well. Each will have a slightly variant selection of such attributes.

N asked: “There is a course called the Silva mind control which teaches that we are all healers if we desire to heal. Can this readily occur as stated?” Latwii began by saying it is possible for anything to occur, but we find that it is sometimes not probable, for all entities, being the one Creator, contain at some level of being the ability to do, and to be all that can be experienced, yet within each incarnation there is a plan which each entity wishes to complete in order to develop certain areas that are seen to need attention within the overall being. Now Latwii said that an entity has, in a number of previous incarnations, been a healer, and before its current incarnation decided that there were other lessons to learn and services to offer, and there was no need to pack the provisions for healing, for upon this journey there were other provisions more of importance, so let us say that this entity within its current incarnation decides that it shall pursue the path of the healer, and it may be able to call upon those energies which are within its abilities and develop some potential for healing, yet this development would be difficult and in some cases take the center stage away from those areas which the entity decided before the incarnation that it wished to focus upon, for it is necessary for the seeker to seek the heart of its plan for its incarnation and not shop about overlong for one skill, and it is helpful for each seeker to know the self, to become aware of those attributes which it has provided for its learning and its service, to guard and use these attributes well since each will have an unique selection of such attributes. On April 18, 1993, Q’uo spoke of the potential for healing:

We are quite happy to speak upon these topics, weighing the kind of information we share with the continual suggestion that the healer must first heal the self and see the healing process as that which is possible when the realization of unity takes place deep within the one to be healed. This realization may be aided by one serving as healer. The one serving as healer will serve most efficiently when it is able to find this unified point of being within itself as a result of its own work of an inner nature and persistent reapplying, shall we say, the techniques of looking within for the balance and sense of wholeness, from which all healing efforts must proceed.

Thus, we are happy to speak to any specific topic or modality of healing, and will add that information which we feel is important in precisely placing the focus as the healer does its work of offering the potential for healing to another.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Yes, please. Well, in that respect, we each have a certain amount of karma, and we accumulate this, evidently, through prior incarnations. Then as you have just stated, we should seek the purpose or directness… how best can we seek this if we can have the veil of forgetfulness, or how can this veil of forgetfulness be, shall we say, severed to a certain extent so that we can peer into our prior incarnations to sort of direct this present one?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. It is not necessary, my brother, to see the incarnations that have preceded your current one in order to know what the plan, shall we say, for the current incarnation is. If you seek that, shall we say, karmic balancing process that is underway within your own incarnation, there are many quite simple ways in which you may do so. You may simply observe the patterns which continue repeating within your own experience. Where you find difficulties of one nature, strengths of another nature, weaknesses of yet another nature, you may begin then to piece these parts of your incarnational puzzle together and find that as you continue adding, there is, indeed, a pattern that emerges. Your life is contained in each thought, in each moment; just as the holographic negative contains the entire picture, so does each thought, and each experience. Therefore, meditation is the most valuable tool of which we know that can be used to examine the life, the experience, and its purpose and meaning.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: There are other questions, but thank you very much. I’m sure someone else has need for a query.

Carla: I have a follow up on that one because I’ve wondered this before. It seems almost as though if you know a relationship and the nature of it before, it becomes a mechanical thing to, you know, like homework or something, to just sort of fill in the blanks, you know, and do the right thing to balance the karma. In other words, you’re working from the end back to the beginning, and it seems like it might be even more effective if you didn’t know, and of your own free you balanced that which was unbalanced simply because it was unbalanced, and you wanted to be of more service than you were in that unbalanced condition. Is that a correct thought?

I am Latwii. Yes, my sister, in general we may agree with your comment, for with the forgetting that each experiences before the incarnation, there is provided a greater opportunity for the finding to carry greater weight within one’s total beingness than if one operated without this veil of forgetting. There would be little challenge in solving what you have correctly described as a fill-in-the-blank test. The veil, then, provides the challenge, the weight against which each seeker pushes in order to gain the spiritual strength that is its goal.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: Not on that subject, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we find that this instrument is becoming somewhat fatigued, and we would therefore suggest one or two more queries before the ending of this contact.

Carla: Well, I have one I’d really like to ask because I’m like T. I’ve never had a high opinion of myself; I’ve always had a pretty low opinion of myself, a real low self-image. And I’ve noticed that in my life I’ve gotten a whole lot of Love; a lot of people really Love me. And I’ve also noticed that it makes absolutely no difference to my self-image. Why is that?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. For one whose lesson is to learn the value of the self and to learn that the one Creator dwells within this self, the acceptance of Love from others has little impact when this self does not feel worthy of receiving the Love which is so freely offered. Yet this entity can use the fact that others give this Love so freely in its attempt to find the value and the worth of the self, for if the question be asked, “What is Love when others Love me?” and “Why is this Loved?” then one can begin to trace that path that leads from the self to the one Creator and back again to the self.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: So one can be transparent enough to be a channel for the Creator and give Its Love and Light while as a human being, being very muddled. Is this correct? I mean, it’s got to be correct, because it describes me.

I am Latwii, and this is quite correct, my sister. Indeed, in some cases where an entity has low opinion of the self, there is then seemingly little to get out of the way in order to serve as an effective vessel or channel through which the One may communicate to the One. In the case where an entity has a great opinion of the self, this opinion may be a hindrance in opening such a channel, for there is too great a weight to move from the mouth of the cave.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we shall keep this stand open for one more order. May we attempt one final query?

T: If no one else has a question that they’d really like to ask, I’d like to just follow up a little bit. I don’t quite understand how a person—cause I’ve known Carla long enough to know that very few people that I’ve known put out more Love to other people and at least more empathy and more understanding of other people’s situations. And I’ve not seen too many people who do receive more good feeling from other people, that anyone I’ve ever known, almost, that comes in contact with Carla gives back this to her. How can this interaction be going on, which—I mean I’m fairly certain it is—how can this be going on, and how can Carla or anyone else’s, in that situation, own-self image just not automatically improve? You may have answered this,  and I missed it, but I don’t see how it can help but improve when there’s such an interaction of Love between Carla and people that she meets.

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. Ah, perhaps you are addressing the wrong entity, and should address the one known as Carla, yet we shall attempt this query. The opinion that the self has of itself is an opinion that is developed within the confines of the self. Each entity throughout each portion of the incarnation resides within the heart of its being and makes contact with the world about it from the center of the being; the center of the being, then, is that self which is formed moment by moment according to preincarnative design. An entity such as the one of whom you speak may decide before the incarnation that in order to develop a greater opinion of the self and the corresponding energy which this self-worth corresponds to, that all catalyst which it shall come in contact with shall be seen in a certain light; no matter what the catalyst may appear to another, it shall appear to this self as something other than adds to the self-worth. This then allows a great imbalance to develop. The self-worth is greatly reduced. It has been well stated that it is the nature of such distortion or imbalance that in order to balance this distortion it must first be accentuated. Seeing the catalyst in this manner thus accentuates the distortion so that at some point there is a choice to be made. The entity becomes so aware of its own low opinion of itself that it turns its efforts in seeking the one Creator directly inward that the one Creator might be found more fully even in that lowly center of the self, for indeed therein it does reside.

The patterns and programs of each entity’s incarnational patterns are most difficult to easily discern. Your illusion is one which allows the great amount of variety, and an infinite choice of points of attack, shall we say, for any particular lesson or service. Thus, each entity wends its way through each incarnational experience with the coloration of its mind determining how it sees and experiences its illusion, this coloration having been determined before the incarnation in order to add to one facet or another of the overall being of the entity.

B asked: How can Carla or anyone else’s, in that situation, own-self image just not automatically improve? You may have answered this, and I missed it, but I don’t see how it can help but improve when there’s such an interaction of Love between Carla and people that she meets.” Latwii said the opinion that the self has of itself is an opinion that is developed within the confines of the self, and each entity throughout each portion of the incarnation resides within the heart of its being and makes contact with the world about it from the center of the being which is formed moment by moment according to pre-incarnative design, and an entity such as Carla may decide before the incarnation that in order to develop a greater opinion of its self and the corresponding energy which this self-worth corresponds to, that all catalyst which it shall come in contact with shall be seen in a certain light no matter what the catalyst may appear to another, it shall appear to her as something other than adds to the self-worth, so this allows an imbalance to develop, so the self-worth is reduced, for it has been well stated that it is the nature of such distortion that in order to balance this distortion it must first be accentuated, seeing the catalyst in this manner thus accentuates the distortion so that at some point there is a choice to be made, and the entity becomes so aware of its low opinion of itself that it turns its efforts in seeking the one Creator directly inward that the one Creator might be found more fully even in that lowly center of the self, for therein it does reside. Now Latwii said the patterns of each entity’s incarnational patterns are difficult to discern, so your illusion is one which allows variety, and an infinite choice of points of attack for any lesson or service, and each entity wends its way through each incarnational experience with the coloration of its mind determining how it sees and experiences its illusion, this coloration having been determined before the incarnation in order to add to one facet or another of the overall being of the entity. On May 28, 1989, Q’uo spoke of each of our incarnative experiences:

The support of one seeker for another is crucial in those times during which the night of the soul is experienced, and despair descends upon the perception of the one who is experiencing the battle of learning and of service. For there is much to untangle within each incarnational experience, and when one seeks to speed this process, one is asking to suffer in the mundane world in order that the limits of ability might be enhanced and enlarged. Thus, there is much comfort, solace, and support that each may provide the other as the goal of learning and of serving is achieved.

May we attempt a short clarification, my brother?

T: Well, I could ask questions all night, but no, thank you. That’s fine. Thank you very much.

I am Latwii, and we find that this instrument is somewhat fatigued and is not completely comfortable with the clarity of its abilities at this point. If there are further queries, and if the one known as L is willing and able, we would therefore transfer this contact to the one known as L.

L: I’m willing. Are there more questions?

[Pause]

L: Got out of that one, didn’t I?

[No further questions.]

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and we are most grateful to each of you, my friends, for without your heartfelt queries we would have no voice, no service, and no purpose within your illusion at this time. We leave you now in the respect of speaking only, for always we are with you in thought and in service. We are those of Latwii. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning the quote from The Thunder of Silence is: “The basic secret of mind is that there is only one mind, and that mind is the mind of individual being—your mind and my mind. The implications of this profound statement have never been fully understood. The world at large does not know this, although it has been known to metaphysicians of all schools. When it has come to actual practice, however, an entity separate and apart from the one mind called mortal mind or the human mind has always been introduced and accepted as a power.

Actually, there is only one mind, and this mind is unconditioned: it has not qualities of good or of evil; it is a state of being, not good and not bad. In reality, there cannot be intelligent mind and ignorant mind; there cannot be healthy mind and diseased mind, for mine is unconditioned; and, therefore, body is neither well nor sick, tall nor short, thin nor fat. Body is as unconditioned as the mind, which is the essence of its form. Mind and body, being unconditioned, are a state of absolute being and perfection until the belief of good and evil is accepted into thought.

Human experience is in reality the perfect mind, your mind and my mind, which manifest as perfect being and body, but which as human experience is influenced by the knowledge of good and evil. This belief in two powers is the essence of what is called the carnal mind. To return to God’s house and once more become the son or daughter of God, it is necessary that we individually—for no one can do this for us because it is an individual experience—give up the belief in good and evil through an activity of our consciousness.”

Later this morning I went on an errand run with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought another flat of Snapdragon Flowers and a flat of Dianthus Flowers. My second stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought some food for myself. My last stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I picked up two prescriptions, and then I bought some Kleenexes.

At 10:45 this morning I had my root canal at Springhurst Endodontics. Dr. Sauer drilled through my crown on the third tooth on the right side of the top of my mouth from various directions, stopping occasionally to take X-rays see if she had gotten all of the dead nerves that were causing pain when I chewed any food. After the third X-ray she suggested that I make an appointment with my regular dentist about two weeks from now.

This afternoon I went outside and transplanted another flat of Snapdragons in the Clay Tile Pyramid. I will need five more to finish the transplanting. Then I covered the back part of the pyramid with netting to protect the Snapdragons from deer. Then I watered today’s transplanted Snapdragons with fertilized water. Then I transplanted a Forsythia Bush on the south side of the back yard. Then I watered it with fertilized water. Then I transplanted two flats of Dianthus along the parking area in front of my home. Then I watered them with fertilized water. It looks like I will need another flat of Dianthus to fill this area.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 17

The Power Of The Presence

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of unconditional Love.

As we scan the concerns that fill the minds of those present, we find this instrument suffering for a planet which has been damaged by its own kind. We find this concern, too, in all those whose minds we touch who are praying to the Spirit at this time.

Know that the spirit is powerful. There is a prayer this instrument says daily and because it is the creation of a truth applicable to this situation, we repeat it using this instrument’s mind,

“Come Holy Spirit! Fill the hearts of your faithful, and kindle in us the fire of your Love. Send forth your Spirit, and we shall be created, and you shall renew the face of the Earth. O Thou Who by the Light of the Holy Spirit did instruct the hearts of the faithful, grant that by the same Holy Spirit we may be truly wise and ever enjoy Its consolation. Through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.”

Do not feel powerless! Seek and ask for the Spirit of living Love, the powerful consciousness of the Christ. That power is no power without each of you. So, pray, not to renew the face of the Earth upon your own but rather that the Spirit may come upon you and transfigure and transform you. For in that process alone shall the creation be made new, whole, lovely, and perfect.

We urge each to experience within itself the power of the presence of Love. Let it renew you. And then, by being yourselves and acting as you must, shall your sphere become once more a lovely, healthy dwelling place for consciousness.

In Love, healing and peace we leave you, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of Love and open our hearts minds, and souls to send Love, Light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite Love, Light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our Love, Light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Hatonn, Latwii, and Yom channelings for this session come from June 9, 1985:

(Carla channeling)

I am Hatonn, and I greet you in the Love and in the Light of our infinite Creator. We feel most privileged to be with you this evening, especially because each instrument is somewhat fatigued and, therefore, we are most grateful to each instrument who enables us to use the words and the thoughts that go into each life, each experience, and each personality.

We would speak to you this evening concerning that item on the agenda of each seeker which often takes up a great deal of the seeker’s time when the problem is first presented. It has been a little while since we dealt with this subject, and periodically it seems necessary to work with our understanding on the subject of earth changes and the progression of your world’s sphere into fourth density. Like most natural happenings, my friends, that are not blessed in people’s minds with the Love and the Light of the infinite Creator, but only with the subconscious hunches of the universal mind speaking in human counterpart, one finds this group of concepts surrounded by mythology and misunderstanding. The heart of the matter is that there is a transition taking place from third to fourth density upon your planet. However, it would be incorrect to think in terms of the time scale which is so often used by your people. It is not well to think in terms of days or months or even years. For this, shall we say, transitional period where the Earth is literally in travail on many planes has been occurring for approximately 2300 of your years, if we read this instrument’s mind correctly as to time. We apologize for being less than perfectly accurate about time, but it is a difficult concept for us to grasp.

The nature of third density is that of the choice. Consequently, on the subtler planes, the inner planes of your third density, those whom you call angels began the noble quest that still partakes of polarity, the armor of Light in battle with the forces of darkness. This has been occurring upon the inner planes for many years, and upon the planes closest to you for approximately 250 years. Again, we apologize for any inaccuracies in our time. The Earth’s travail will increase as it has been increasing for the last approximately 40 of your years. The people’s travail will increase also as polarity offers its final manifestation within this particular group of conscious entities, this particular group which strives now to make the choice in time for the great harvest. We were sent out to harvest if we possibly could those who wished to make the transition from third to fourth density at this particular opportunity. It is our service, hopefully, to inspire those who wish to be made aware of the situation to seek to graduate from third density, to be able to use the Light and the Love of the one infinite Creator to an extent which will not impede each of your progresses into the fourth-density quality of Light and experience. We have propelled ourselves because you have called. You are now in the valley of the shadow of death, as this instrument would say, steeped as she is within the so-called Christian religion.

In this session Hatonn spoke of the coming Earth changes into the fourth density. They began by saying we would speak to you this evening concerning that item on the agenda of each seeker which takes up much of the seeker’s time when the problem is first presented, and it has been a while since we dealt with this subject, and often it seems necessary to work with our understanding on the subject of Earth changes and the progression of your world’s sphere into fourth density, so like most natural happenings that are not blessed in people’s minds with the Love and the Light of the infinite Creator, but only with the subconscious hunches of the universal mind speaking in the human counterpart, one finds this group of concepts surrounded by misunderstanding, for the heart of the matter is that there is a transition taking place from third to fourth density upon your planet, but it would be incorrect to think in terms of the time scale which is so often used by your people, for it is not well to think in terms of days, months, or years, for this transitional period where the Earth is in travail on many planes has been occurring for about 2300 years, and we apologize for being less than perfectly accurate about time, but it is a difficult concept for us to grasp. Then Hatonn said the nature of third density is that of the choice, so on the inner planes of your third density, angels began the noble quest that still partakes of polarity, the armor of Light in battle with the forces of darkness which has been occurring upon the inner planes for many years, and upon the planes closest to you for approximately 250 years, so we apologize for any inaccuracies in our time, for the Earth’s pain will increase as it has been increasing for the last 40 of your years, and the people’s pain will increase also as polarity offers its final manifestation within this group of conscious entities which strives to make the choice in time for the harvest, so we were sent out to harvest those who wished to make the transition from third to fourth density at this time, and it is our service to inspire those who wish to be made aware of the situation to seek to graduate from third density, to be able to use the Light and the Love of the one infinite Creator to an extent which will not impede each of your progressing into the fourth-density Light and experience, so we have come to you because you have called, for you are now in the valley of the shadow of death. On December 25, 2010, Q’uo spoke of the nature of fourth-density Light:

My sister, the weariness which spiritual seekers feel at this time is, indeed, an artifact of the changing energy at the waning of Light in third density and the dawning of Light in fourth density. Fourth-density Light more and more interpenetrates third-density Light and, as we said in response to an earlier query, this Light is loaded with information. It is the Light of Love and understanding, and the burden of information that it carries is heavy. It carries more truth than third-density Light. It carries more truth than third density can use comfortably. This means that those who are already awake and already seeking are now seeking under more of a strain than they might have, say, thirty or forty years ago even, and certainly more than one hundred or two hundred years ago.

Very well, then, my friends. These are the preliminary outlines, the sketches of what shall occur, far more gradually than most expect, far more naturally than most expect, but certainly not without inconvenience, discomfort, and what will seem to be enormous tragedy as masses of entities leave their physical bodies during natural catastrophes when they are killed by the forces within the planet, the forces of anger and hostility that have been stored within the Earth itself and which shall come forth. Many things shall occur. Much has been written about that which shall occur. We ask that you step back from the drama of the illusion and find that within yourself which has two realizations, the first being that you who are infinite shall leave no part of consciousness when you leave this physical body. The second awareness, hopefully, that of a desire to be of service to others. In no event do we wish to encourage you to set up areas of safety, for there is no such thing as safety from the self, and it is within the self that the transition shall truly occur. That which occurs at harvest is within the self; that which occurs within the planet, although interesting, is a separate subject from the one which might well be considered far more interesting to the self. And that is that it is likely that this lifetime or at the very most, for those who die soon from the physical body, one more lifetime, shall be the last opportunity before graduation to refine the polarity of self to the point at which you the seeker might accept the quality of Light which is the native Light in fourth density.

This is your judgment. It is as simple and straightforward as that. If you can walk into that Light within your indigo-ray body, as this entity would call it, you are graduated to fourth density. If you cannot step into that Light because of its overbrightness, then you shall have another cycle of third-density illusion during which you may hone even further the choice which you have begun to make. We encourage you on the quest, and we encourage you to avoid distraction whenever possible. There is much distraction possible when one deals with the unseen and the invisible, and that is that with which we deal exclusively. Attempt in your meditations to remain aware of the simplicity of the original Thought and the corresponding simplicity of the path. When there is great complexity surrounding a subject such as the movement into the so-called Golden Age, that may be a sign to you that there is less to it than meets the eye. When shall this and that happen? We hope that it is not as interesting to you to know that as it is for you to continue to seek the truth. It is that seeking that shall enable you to graduate, not knowledge of when earthquakes shall occur.

Hatonn went on to say these are the preliminary outlines of what shall occur, more gradually and more naturally than most expect, but with what will seem to be tragedy as masses of entities leave their physical bodies during natural catastrophes when they are killed by the forces of anger that have been stored within the Earth, and which shall come forth, so we ask that you step back from the drama of the illusion and find that within yourself which has two realizations: the first being that you who are infinite shall leave no part of consciousness when you leave this physical body, and the second awareness of a desire to be of service to others, but we do not wish to encourage you to set up areas of safety, for there is no such thing as safety from the self, for that which occurs at harvest is within the self, but that which occurs within the planet is a separate subject from the one which might well be considered far more interesting to the self, and that is that it is likely that this lifetime, or at the very most for those who die soon from the physical body, one more lifetime, shall be the last opportunity before graduation to refine the polarity of self to the point at which you might accept the quality of Light which is the native Light in fourth density. Hatonn continued by saying this is your judgment, so if you can walk into that Light within your indigo-ray body you are graduated to fourth density, but if you cannot step into that Light because of its overbrightness, then you shall have another cycle of third-density illusion during which you may hone even further the choice which you have begun to make, so we encourage you on the quest, and we encourage you to avoid distraction whenever possible for there is much distraction possible when one deals with the invisible, and it is that with which we deal exclusively, so attempt in your meditations to remain aware of the simplicity of the original Thought and the corresponding simplicity of the path, for when there is complexity surrounding a subject such as the movement into the Golden Age, that may be a sign to you that there is less to it than meets the eye, and we hope that it is not as interesting to you to know when this will happen as it is for you to continue to seek the truth, for it is that seeking that shall enable you to graduate, not knowledge of when earthquakes shall occur. On December 16, 1984, Latwii spoke of the value of our seeking the truth:

My brother, as one looks upon the journey of the seeker, one may see that there are limitless ways to seek the one Creator and to seek that which is called truth. One may, as the hero of the story of which you speak, spend a great deal of time and money, learn many rituals, speak with many sages, climb to the top of many remote mountains, and in general make a great deal of commotion in the process of seeking, and yet until an entity looks within the mirror of the self, the seeking has not begun. There is no amount of money that can purchase the sincere desire to look within the self for that which resides therein. There is no ship, plane, or means of conveyance that can take one where one does not wish to go as a result of one’s own efforts. You may speak with many wise and loving beings, and hear many words of inspiration. Yet, if within your own heart of hearts there is not the desire to look within your own being for that which you seek, all else is as nothing.

So, my brother, you need not worry about the expense or the time required to seek the truth. If you have the desire to seek the truth, you may do so each moment of your existence as you see yourself in each entity that you meet, as you see yourself as the Creator in each situation in which you find yourself. There is no end to the opportunities for seeking the truth, the Creator, and yourself, for all are one thing. You live in that one thing as that one thing.

We leave this instrument at this time, thanking her most heartily for the opportunity to speak. We are those of Hatonn, who leave you glorying in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator. We leave you in the thunder and the storm and the serene calm [inaudible]. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu.

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and I greet you, my friends, in the Love and in the Light of the infinite Creator. We are honored to be here again, and we hope that we can utilize this instrument effectively this evening in the mode in which we left this group at its last meeting. The joviality was delightful, and we would hope that we can share again in that fashion. May we begin with a query, my friends?

L: Latwii, I spent some time today with a person that resulted in me feeling psychically drained. Can you give me any information as to what went on, the mechanics of how this occurred, why it occurred, anything along that line?

I am Latwii. We may speak generally, my brother, for when entities group themselves in the pairs in order that the life to which your peoples have been accustomed may be carried on, and there may be the order, the livelihood, the rearing of young and the continuation of society, there is presented to each the opportunity to learn much and to teach much, for within such a closely knit relationship, the bonds between two entities grow in many and varied fashions. When the relationship has its difficulty, or we should say, when the entities within the relationship have difficulty maintaining the relationship due to one factor or another, and this difficulty grows to such an extent that the entities find it more beneficial to continue apart than to continue together, there is within each the feeling and perhaps the realization that an opportunity has, shall we say, left, and perhaps each entity feels as though there has been a loss and feels a vacuum or a hole where once there was opportunity, and as you have called it, a mirroring effect.

When there is at a future time, as you would call it, any portion of a reconciliation or attempt to complete circuits that were left open and incomplete, one entity may feel this in a greater degree than the other. This is usually the entity with the, shall we say, larger pull, the greater feeling within that there has been a loss and the renewed desire to complete a previous circuit then is a request from this entity to the other that there be an exchange of energy, a giving, if you will, in order that this hole may be filled somewhat. Thus, have you given and thus has what you have given been received. For the moment the feeling is that of being drained, but we can assure you, my brother, that you have given freely to the one Creator.

L asked: “Latwii, I spent some time today with a person that resulted in me feeling psychically drained. Can you give me any information as to what went on, the mechanics of how this occurred, why it occurred, anything along that line?” Latwii replied we may speak generally, for when entities group themselves in the pairs in order that their life may be carried on there may be the rearing of the young and the continuation of society, and there is presented to each the opportunity to learn to teach, for within such a closely knit relationship, the bonds between two entities grow in many ways, but when the entities within the relationship have difficulty maintaining the relationship due to one factor or another, and this difficulty grows to such an extent that the entities find it more beneficial to continue apart than to continue together, there is within each the realization that an opportunity has left, and each entity feels as though there has been a loss and feels a vacuum where once there was opportunity for the mirroring effect. Then Latwii said when there is, at a future time, any portion of a reconciliation one entity may feel this in a greater degree than the other, and this is usually the entity with the greater feeling within that there has been a loss, and the renewed desire to complete a previous circuit then is a request from this entity to the other that there be an exchange of energy in order that this hole may be filled, so thusly have you given, and what you have given has  been received, but for the moment the feeling is that of being drained, but we can assure you that you have given freely to the one Creator. On January 11, 2011, Q’uo spoke of the best way to achieve reconciliation with another self:

Free will is at its most expressive as it chooses the will of the infinite One and releases attachments to outcomes within the illusion in favor of what that mystery shall bring about in the way of deeper reconciliation and return to balance.

The human will, the individual will, is very powerful. Each of you is a magical entity, an entity capable potentially of creating changes in your own consciousness by thought. It is seductive and tempting to use one’s individual will, pushing against perceived reality, for a desired goal. It is easy to think that one is doing one’s part by willing that this perceived responsibility be completed or that service be rendered. And all of those energies are excellent. The expressing of one’s desires and the setting of one’s intentions are ways of experiencing the self as powerful. And this is an helpful experience.

Yet the most powerful choice, in our humble opinion, for any entity is the choice of doing the will of that agent which created all that there is and which is aware of all of those elements which shall constitute the balance point in any situation. It takes courage, in fact, to turn over the will to the infinite One, for the outcome is unknown. Those personal desires which one has may or may not be part of that balance and rhythm of the dance that is appropriate. There is the element of perceived sacrifice.

May we answer further, my brother?

L: No, you’ve given me quite a bit to look at. Thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my brother. May we attempt another query?

N: Yes, Latwii. When do we enter the Aquarian Age?

I am Latwii. My brother, if you will look upon the spectrum which you call the rainbow, you shall see each color loses some of its brilliance towards the boundary with the next color and gains some of that coloration as the progression is made from one color to the next. So, it is with the ages which pass upon your planet. The age which now leaves and the age which now joins, each have blended with the other so that there is a period of what you may call transition. At the heart of each entity and each atomic cell structure, the beginning of fourth density vibration is apparent. Yet there are many, many third-density vibrational patterns which yet hold sway.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: In other words, we have already begun the Aquarian Age but we’re not into it very far?

I am Latwii. This is correct, my brother. May we answer further?

N: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and again we thank you. May we attempt another query?

Carla: Yeah. I’ve got a question, but I don’t know if you can answer it. Is the social memory complex, L/Leema, hoping just to get some experience with a group by working with us, or it is hoping to come through regularly?

I am Latwii, and we are aware of your query, my sister. Those of L/Leema wish as do we to be of service in whatever manner possible, yet within the general desire to serve there exists a more specific desire that the service may be more specific, that is, that if this group is able to focus from time to time upon a topic which has great interest in awakening the desire to know the truth, then this group may form the query with the words and the thoughts and hopefully with the meditation aspect, and those of L/Leema may in turn respond through your instrument, my sister, or perhaps in time through others as well, for all are instruments with the capabilities necessary. The responses that those of L/Leema can make are those which add another flavor, shall we say, to the experience of channeling which each in this group enjoys.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: Yes. It has to do with the probable length of such contact. The contact itself is different than any contact that I’ve experienced before in that I was, as far as I knew, quite conscious, and yet I was not at all conscious of the passage of time, and forty-five minutes went by, and I was the most surprised person in the world when the tape recorder clicked off. I’d been the one that was channeling; I didn’t feel tired, and I had no idea that the channeling had been going on for so long. Is this typical?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. Well, as yet, there is no “typical.” We can suggest, however, that those of L/Leema, as each with the Confederation, have some difficulty in reckoning time as you call it. Each attempts to be conscientious in making responses to queries or the delivery of messages fit within what your people would discern as a comfortable period of time, for we do not wish to wear you out with words. Yet those of L/Leema are the least familiar with your means of reckoning time, and you may from time to time discover that you have spent a good deal of this time listening. Yet these entities are also desirous of serving in each way possible, and will attempt to make their deliverance more concise.

Your instrument has been utilized for the training that you have been undergoing of late has been that of word-by-word transmission. This type of transmission is more helpful in delivering the more specific type of information. Thus, it is likely that your instrument would be the most frequently utilized as the other instruments hone their abilities to partake in the vocal channeling and perhaps also in the word-by-word transmission of this type of channeling.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: Yes. It seemed to me when I thought back over the session—haven’t read it yet—that there weren’t any excess words, that it was just a matter of systematically going through the subject. Is this a correct perception?

I am Latwii, and this is quite correct, my sister. For when the subject is large, to do such a subject justice one must attempt to cover, shall we say, all the bases, and you may expect variation in the length of deliveries according to the depth and breadth of the subjects you choose.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: Okay, so I understand. We need to be specific on our questions to get specific answers. Okay. The only other question was subjectively interesting to me, what state of mind was I in that erased my awareness of time without erasing my awareness of consciousness?

I am Latwii, and, my sister, the state of which you were is that which is much the child. For the word-by-word transmission mode is that which focuses quite concentratedly upon the present moment and each word which enters that moment. Thus, the type of contact which we were utilizing, and the message that you were transmitting, served to cause your reckoning of time to be put aside in order that you operated in what is your analog of a timeless portion of experience.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: Did others experience the same thing? I mean, is this simply concentration, or is it a deeper state of trance than is normal in conscious channeling?

I am Latwii, and we find that your last supposition is more nearly correct. The word-by-word transmission mode of channeling is one which requires both a greater concentration and a deeper state or level of mind to be utilized. It would be more correct, we find, to suggest that the more focused the concentration, the deeper the level of mind that is being utilized.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my sister.

A: Out of curiosity, what density is L/Leema?

I am Latwii, and those of L/Leema are of the density of Light, which as you number the density is that of five.

May we answer further, my sister?

A: Thanks.

I am Latwii. We appreciate your fill-in-the-blank queries. Is there a fill-in-the-blank, a multiple choice, or perhaps an essay question we may answer further?

[Pause]

I am Latwii. Ahh, my friends, we can’t compete with the thunder and the rain. We were considering answering the query of the thunder, but we found that this instrument was unwilling to vocalize our response. Perhaps in time. We thank each of you for requesting our presence, for sharing the Love of your hearts, queries of your minds, the pleasure of your company. We are those of Latwii. We shall leave now in the channeling thought sense only. Always are we with you. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

(Carla channeling)

I am Yom. I greet you in the Love and in the Light of the infinite Creator whose number is One. We are called to you by the one known as A, and because there are so few queries which make sense to a group which is not made completely of your scientists which we may answer, we shall be brief. However, the entity known as A wished to experience our presence. Therefore, we shall speak briefly and then dwell with the one known as A, as it is possible our vibration may be comforting.

We would speak briefly of electricity and gravity. The energies involved are spiritual and spiritually integrated with the ratio of space and time. Because this is not understood by your people, electricity is not understood by your people. It is merely used by your people. Because the spiritual nature of gravity is not understood by your people, the universe loses the unique cosmology which it deserves, that is, the cosmology of spirit and consciousness. We use a very poor instrument to transfer thoughts of this nature, for this instrument does not have vocabulary or even concept for what we would speak of. However, we give you these few thoughts to provoke further thought within yourself as to the spiritual nature of the physical as well as the metaphysical universe.

You have pondered Light, we assume—what Light is, how Light works, and so forth. You have not come up with any answers yet, we also assume. Remember, we greet you in Light. Ask yourself what the attractive power of that which is sent away shall be if all things are, indeed one. Ask yourself if children grow up and return to complete a cycle of growth.

We leave this instrument, rejoicing, as do all in the Confederations of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator, in the Love and in the Light of that one Source of all that there is. We are known to this instrument and now to this group as Yom. It has been enjoyable to speak with an engineer once again. We bless you all, even those who are not scientists, and leave you. Adonai, my friends.

This morning the quote from The Thunder of Silence is: “Ever since that illusory experience known as the Fall of man, however, mind has been used as a creative faculty, and that is what is at the root of our troubles and problems today. Therefore, when called upon to help our family, friends, or others, or even when in need of help ourselves, instead of trying to change the person or condition or instead of condemning ourselves or others we should realize that this is just another form of mind presenting itself to us. The healing agency lies in our realization that mind is not a power: mind is an avenue of awareness.

We can watch how miraculously this works whenever we are tempted with any form of error—whenever it may be—if we do not fight it, but quietly realize:

God is the great and only creative principle of life, the source of all being. God alone! “Thou shalt have no other gods before me”—no other power, no other creator but One. God alone is, and this that is troubling me cannot be of God, so it must be of mind. It is mind presenting a picture to me of a lack of some kind.

Those who live in the Spirit have flashes of the real or spiritual creation and are able to discern the real person made into God’s image and likeness, and to see that nothing has ever interfered with the harmony of the development and unfoldment of a spiritual person.

On the human level, however, mind governs our body and all creation, and it governs it for both good and evil. It gives us health one day, and sickness another day; it gives us wealth one day, and lack the next day because the mind, being of the earth, earthy, is made up of the two qualities of good and evil, and, therefore, it manifests and expresses itself as these extremes. Until we rise above mind, we cannot rise above the pairs of opposites.

When we transcend mind and touch the realm of Spirit, we live in a different consciousness. No longer do we resort to the use of affirmations or denials, physical or mental remedies; now we contact that spiritual center where we find peace, and then we find that we have transcended the activity of mind both as to good and evil and are living what the world calls a normal life, but which in reality is a spiritual life, a life that to a great extent is untouched by the activity of the unillumined mind.

Correctly understood, mind is an instrument of God, created by God. Therefore, mind itself is an effect, just as the product of mind is an effect. It is not a cause; it is an effect. God, Soul, Spirit alone is cause, and both mind and body are effects.

If we dwell with spiritual truth in our consciousness, none of the evils of this world will come nigh our dwelling place because the truth entertained in consciousness takes over and begins to live our lives. Living in an atmosphere of spiritual wisdom and feeding consciousness with truth, there comes a moment when that truth takes over the mind, and then no longer is it necessary to fill the mind with truth. From then on, the flow is the other way. It is not we who are thinking truth remembering, declaring, or meditating on truth: it is Truth using our mind for Its expression, always using us, always flowing through us.”

Later this morning I called my dentist and made an appointment to see what was causing the pain in my teeth in the right side and top of my mouth. Some X-rays were taken that he said would need the help of an Endodontics dentist. So, he made an appointment with the Endodontics Dentist for 15 minutes later. When I got to her office more equipment was used that circled my head while my chin was resting on a platform. The results said that I needed a root canal as soon as possible. So, I made an appointment for 10:45 am tomorrow morning to have my root canal surgery.

This afternoon I went outside and used the garden hose and sprayer to clean the filters for the pump in the fishpond. Then I began having half of the water pumped out of the fishpond. While the water was being pumped out, I fertilized each of the five water lilies. Then I began transplanting a tray of Snapdragon Flowers into the clay tile pipes in my backyard that are built in the shape of a pyramid. When I was done transplanting the Snapdragons I watered them with fertilized water and covered them with netting to protect them from the deer. Then I refilled the fishpond with water and threw three cups of Aquasafe into the water to neutralize the chlorine in the water.

This afternoon I drove to the Glenview Trust Company to have a meeting with my team to see if my monthly donations to The Redd Cross and the Family Scholar House are sustainable at their current level.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 16

At One With Love

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

Become very quiet. This moment is the linchpin of your busy day. This is your moment of communion. This is your heavenly meal.

For in this silence, in this moment, as your heart opens its inner door, so may you become Christed, at one with Love. Thus, the roots of your spirit are fed, and you are given the strength to do that which it is for you to do this day.

Perhaps you will move very quickly this day. The Spirit moves quickly with you. Remember as the day goes by to touch into that place of communion in the heart and you will find that Love is always with you, as Jesus the Christ said, until the end of the age.

Root yourself in heaven and give your fruit to the world of the Creator that many think is the world of humankind. Let the smile upon your face be a smile knowing of the untruth of a world ever without Love.

For Love is in the midst of you. Love has created you. Love sustains you. And Love will give you work to do. At the end of your silence, at the end of your listening, go gladly to that work and rejoice that you are alive to experience the Love in this day, with these challenges.

We leave you in love and peace, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of Love and open our hearts minds, and souls to send Love, Light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite Love, Light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our Love, Light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The L/Leema and Latwii channelings for this session come from June 2, 1985:

(Carla channeling)

I am L/Leema. We greet you in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator. It is a pure delight to us that you have in your discussion this evening asked for information on a certain subject, that being the only way we may channel answers through this instrument for this instrument is not allowed, nor should she be, to use the question and answer format, lest this instrument move into that which you call the trance state.

We would then speak to you this evening of service. There is a road that always seems to lead upward. To the seeker, perhaps the most burning question of daily living is the question of how to serve those about you. For those who do not seek, the question remains, yet is phrased differently, depending upon the polarity of the entity. To those who are neutral, the question is how to get along with those about you, how to impress those about you, how to live among other people. For those negatively oriented, the question is how to manipulate other people, how to use other people, and how to enslave other people. In this way we bring you to the questions that one asks if one is of positive polarity. Those of the positive polarity are of service when by action or thought, or even intention, another entity or the self is freer to seek his or her own path than before the intended service was performed.

The seeker who loves others wishes them to be free. When that seeker is intimately associated with others, that desire can become so far misted and confused by the glassy illusion of societal demands, of shoulds and oughts, that it is often beyond any conscious understanding to reason out how to be of service. Often, in order to grant another freedom, the greatest service is to remain anonymously and impersonally compassionate and supportive. In other words, to pull the point of view backwards, to remove oneself from the microcosm of the relationship to the macrocosm of the perfection of all that is conscious and of the infinity of time that each conscious being has to choose freely, first this path, then this one, and then another.

In this session L/Leema speaks of the concept of service. They began by saying there is a road that leads upward, and to the seeker, the most burning question of daily living is the question of how to serve those about you. For those who do not seek, the question remains, yet is phrased differently, depending upon the polarity of the entity. To those who are neutral, the question is how to get along with those about you, how to impress those about you, how to live among other people. For those negatively oriented, the question is how to manipulate other people, and how to enslave other people, and in this way we bring you to the questions that one asks if one is of positive polarity, so those of the positive polarity are of service when by action or intention, another entity or the self is freer to seek his or her own path than before the intended service was performed. L/Leema went on to say the seeker who Loves others wishes them to be free, and when that seeker is intimately associated with others, that desire can become so confused by the glassy illusion of societal demands, of shoulds that it is often beyond any conscious understanding to reason out how to be of service, for often in order to grant another freedom, the greatest service is to remain anonymously compassionate and supportive, and to remove oneself from the microcosm of the relationship to the macrocosm of the perfection of all that is conscious and of the infinity of time that each conscious being has to choose freely, first this path, then this one, and then another. In 15.7, Ra described the greatest service:

There is but one service. The Law is One. The offering of self to Creator is the greatest service—the unity, the fountainhead. The entity who seeks the One Creator is with infinite intelligence. From this seeking, from this offering, a great multiplicity of opportunities will evolve depending upon the mind/body/spirit complex’s distortions with regard to the various illusory aspects, or energy centers, of the various complexes of your illusion. Thus, some become healers, some workers, some teachers, and so forth.

Let us begin at the beginning of service to others. The beginning is meditation. Many have called this meditation prayer. The overwhelming concept that we wish to instill in you when we speak of meditation and the reason that we use the alternate word, prayer, is that there is a surrender in what this instrument knows as Christian prayer, a surrender that says, “Thy will, not mine, be done.” The separation of the self from the Creator is a distortion, for you are co-creators—you and the Creator. Nevertheless, within you, there is a self that is like a clay vessel that deals with mundane things, and that shall not last. Within that clay vessel there is a great treasure. That is your other self—that is, your consciousness. You feed your physical vessel in order that it may supply you with the movement which you need; the surrender in meditation and prayer is the opening of the door to a great dining room, a dining room in which there is a food and a drink that your clay vessel will never know nor need, but without which your consciousness gradually becomes embittered, bowed down, and weary beyond words.

Thus, service to others begins with cleansing the self and sitting down to the feast of silence. In that silence there is a perfection. That perfection is reached first by faith. There is no reasonable or logical way to find or accept perfection within the self, for it is unseen yet never unknown. We listen in silence and are fed and answered in silence. Let us pause for a moment and give an example of one who could not surrender. It is within this instrument’s mind and we take it from her. We find this instrument to be strongly Christian in the contents of the mind, and so we shall use this imagery, asking forgiveness for the limitations of its viewpoint. Remember, there are great truths within any philosophical and spiritual system, and we shall use this example from the holy work which is called the Holy Bible.

L/Leema went on to say the beginning of service to others is meditation, and many call meditation prayer, so the concept that we wish to instill in you when we speak of meditation and the reason that we use the alternate word, prayer, is that there is a surrender in what Carla knows as Christian prayer, a surrender that says, “Thy will, not mine, be done,” and the separation of the self from the Creator is a distortion, for you are co-Creators—you and the Creator, but within you there is a self that is like a clay vessel that deals with mundane things, and that shall not last, so within that body there is a treasure that is your other self, your consciousness, and you feed your body in order that it may supply you with the movement which you need, and the surrender in meditation and prayer is the opening of the door to a dining room in which there is food and drink that your body will never know nor need, but without which your consciousness gradually becomes weary beyond words. L/Leema continued by saying service to others begins with cleansing the self and sitting down to the feast of silence, for in that silence there is a perfection which is reached by faith, but there is no logical way to accept perfection within the self, for it is unseen yet never unknown, so we listen in silence and are answered in silence, yet let us pause for a moment and give an example of one who could not surrender, and it is within Carla’s mind, and we take it from her, so we find her to be strongly Christian in the contents of the mind, and so we shall use this imagery, asking forgiveness for the limitations of its viewpoint, for there are truths within any spiritual system, and we shall use this example from the Holy Bible. On May 8, 1974, Hatonn described the goal of meditation:

Meditation, my friends, is a much more basic, and much more general technique than you may think. It is not part of a daily life, my friends. It is the beginning of a completely new life. It is a replacement. The two types of life, that is, that not in meditation and that in meditation, are two completely different vibrations. The reason for this is that, one, the normal physical existence dwells and deals completely within the illusion. The meditation is an attempt to contact your original identity, the consciousness of the All. This consciousness is a much different reality, a transcendent reality to that of the illusion. We might even call it the reality were it not for the fact that we know that there are transcendent states to any reality until such time as we are truly aware of unity with all that there is. This is a higher state than we have yet achieved, and we, too, are seeking towards it.

The one known as Moses was going about its daily work, and suddenly it looked up and saw the bush that burned but was not consumed. This entity was afraid. A voice called from the bush, identifying Itself as the Creator and calling Moses by name. The one known as Moses in this day and age responded by affirming that he was indeed there, yet he was afraid. The voice informed him that he was on holy ground. The very ground upon which he stood was holy, and yet Moses was afraid. There was not the surrender. Because of the fact that there is nothing that is not holy, because of the fact that there is nothing that is not of the Creator and that is not the Creator in all of Its perfection and infinity, the seeker will constantly be exposed to stimuli which may be seen to be sanctified. Sorrow, terror, and ill negative emotions, feelings, and thoughts are sanctified just as much as those positive thoughts that take you very high very quickly. There is nothing that is not holy, that is not the Creator. It is always your choice, each of you, whether or not you shall be afraid, whether or not you shall see, whether or not you shall hear, whether or not you shall understand. This is the work of the self, of the discipline of the self, of the growing Love of the self, not on the mundane level, not because of anything that could be considered within the confines of the clay vessel, but because you are upon holy ground, you are sanctified. You are perfect.

This step is so central as the beginning step of service to others and is so difficult compared to action that we emphasize it. You will find that action is far easier than the discipline of the turning of the mind to the Creator, to those things which a child of the Creator may feel as his or her birthright, those things being joy, lightness, power, courage, perseverance, patience, and the compassionate forgiveness that is endless. It is as though with the meditation we are focusing upon reality that is far deeper than the clay vessel. That which is your ability to be of service begins to shine as if the clay became more and more transparent, and the treasure within became more and more visible to others as well as to the self. Indeed, among those who are of service to others, it is rare that the one who serves is even one-tenth aware of the beauty of the self and could multiply by ten times the amount of service, the quality and the depth of that service in action by expanding knowledge of the nature of the being of self.

L/Leema continued by saying as Moses was going about its daily work, and suddenly it looked up and saw the bush that burned but was not consumed, and he was afraid, so a voice called from the bush, identifying Itself as the Creator and calling Moses by name, so Moses responded by affirming that he was there, yet he was afraid, but the voice informed him that he was on holy ground, and yet Moses was afraid, for there was no surrender, but because there is nothing that is not of the Creator in all of Its perfection and infinity, the seeker will constantly be exposed to stimuli which may be seen to be sanctified, for sorrow, terror, negative emotions, and thoughts are sanctified just as much as those positive thoughts that take you high quickly, so there is nothing that is not the Creator, and it is always your choice whether or not you shall be afraid, whether or not you shall see, hear, or that you shall understand, for this is the work of the discipline of the self, of the growing Love of the self, not because of anything that could be considered within the confines of the clay vessel, but because you are upon holy ground you are sanctified, and you are perfect. Then L/Leema said this step is central as the beginning step of service to others and is difficult compared to the action that we emphasize, and you will find that action is easier than the discipline of the turning of the mind to those things which a child of the Creator may feel as their birthright, those things being joy, power, courage, patience, and the compassionate forgiveness that is endless, for it is as though with meditation we are focusing upon reality that is deeper than the clay vessel, yet that which is your ability to be of service begins to shine as if the clay became more transparent, and the treasure within became more visible to others as well as to the self, but among those who are of service to others, it is rare that one who serves is even one-tenth aware of the beauty of the self and could multiply by ten times the quality and the depth of that service by expanding knowledge of the nature of the being of self. On March 23, 2024, Q’uo spoke of the nature of forgiveness:

Thus, when you forgive, whether you are asked for it or not, you exercise this power to stop the wheel of karma for the one who has perhaps wronged you, or created dissension, or difficulty between you, or has been in your sights, shall we say, looking around the world, and seeing places where there are difficulties and workings of one entity against another that have caused problems that would need forgiveness. If the entities were able to do so consciously by sending the Love of forgiveness to them, you surround them with that quality, which they may be able to perceive, so that there is forgiveness and the stoppage of the wheel of karma, which is being created by the disharmony between them. This is what any spiritual seeker of truth can do to provide the seeds of forgiveness to the world around you, so that they may grow by the Love that is called forth by your meditative qualities of sending the seeds of Love and forgiveness to all who may need such.

We next offer you the image of the shepherd. A shepherd is of service to sheep in very simple ways. A shepherd is not necessarily wise. A shepherd is a simple person, doing a simple job, keeping the sheep safe because the shepherd sees that which the sheep does not. If the sheep is caught, the shepherd can see how to disentangle it; if the sheep has gone astray, the shepherd can find it and bring it back so that it may eat, and drink, and be comfortable. The sheep, you see, have already been provided for. The universe in which they live is complete without the shepherd. However, without the shepherd, the quality of the life of the sheep may well be much less, for to be eaten by wolves is not considered to be a good thing, and the shepherd comes to stand on guard. Furthermore, the shepherd helps the sheep to be useful and give its service to others in ways the sheep itself would never imagine. Can you imagine a sheep walking under its own power and will to be sheared so that it might offer its wool to warm a wintry world? How the sheep love being shorn, for in the warm, soft breezes of summer it is well to be without the heavy overcoat. Nothing is lost to the sheep, and the sheep have gained by giving, and this would not have happened without the shepherd.

What we are saying to you is that each of you is shepherd to each other, to each other that you meet, but more especially with whom your lives are more closely entwined. You tell those about you when they have gone astray. You reach a hand to disentangle that which is tangled; you nurse that which is sick. You provide the best of what the natural second density creation has to offer. And because you are dealing with entities such as yourselves and not sheep, the dimension of the shepherd as a cheerful giver arises. Animals such as sheep respond, of course, to a peaceful, cheerful and serene shepherd. So do those about you.

L/Leema went on to say we next offer you the image of the shepherd which is of service to sheep in simple ways, and a shepherd is a simple person, keeping the sheep safe because the shepherd sees that which the sheep does not, so if a sheep is caught, the shepherd can see how to release it, and if the sheep has gone astray, the shepherd can find it and bring it back so that it may eat, and drink, and be comfortable, for the sheep has been provided for since the universe in which it lives is complete without the shepherd, but without the shepherd, the quality of the life of the sheep may be less, for to be eaten by wolves is not considered to be a good thing, and the shepherd comes to stand guard, so the shepherd helps the sheep to be useful and give its service to others in ways the sheep itself would never imagine, so the sheep loves being shorn, for in the warm, soft breezes of summer it is well to be without the heavy overcoat, yet nothing is lost to the sheep, and the sheep has gained by giving, and this would not have happened without the shepherd. L/Leema continued by saying each of you is as a shepherd to each other, and you tell those about you when they have gone astray, and you nurse that which is sick, so you provide the best of what the natural second density creation has to offer, and because you are dealing with entities such as yourselves, and not sheep, the dimension of the shepherd as a cheerful giver arises, so just as animals such as sheep respond to a peaceful and serene shepherd, so do those about you. On December 21, 1975, Hatonn described our nature as a shepherd:

It is enough, my friends, if you accept a certain lighthearted desire to pretend, shall we say, to be somewhat similar to a compassionate shepherd. You are not attempting to fool the sheep into thinking you are compassionate. You are attempting to fool yourself, from a condition of illusion to a condition of reality. You know, my friends, you cannot bludgeon yourselves into this state of shepherd. Yet you must shepherd yourself, gently and coaxingly and with humor. You may act similarly to that which you would consider to be compassionate and slowly you will discover that you are not acting. But allow yourself that imperfection of ambition which is within the illusion. For you are learning, my friends.

A great deal of what is considered to be a highly complex subject is actually very simple, for those things which are complex are also those things which entities must for themselves do. You may hold the mirror to an experience for one to whom to you wish to be of service. You explain your point of view and offer all of yourself in the situation which you see before you that confronts another. But how and when can you walk for another, can you see for another, can you feel for another? You cannot be effective if you consider that change is the result of service to others. Surrender—always surrender will give it. Release it and let it go. The shepherd is one who watches, one whose life is dedicated to the care of those entities that have come into its care. And you as shepherds shall more and more vibrate with that compassion. But as you wish to be of service, look always to the freedom of each individual whom you serve. After you have used all of your resources, after you have lifted from the snare that sheep which is caught, after you have fed your friend, your mate, your acquaintance, the stranger who comes to you and says, “Help me,” you then remain at peace within your own being, for the choices that shall be made shall be the result and the free will of each individual.

If you have spoken clearly, if you have done the commonplace things, and if you have taken difficult situations and given them your best discernment, shown how another can be more peaceful, more harmonious, less antagonistic, or have done whatever you see to do for another, you then step back and realize that you have had the intention to serve, you have formulated the thought as to how to serve, and perhaps, if you have been fortunate, you have had the opportunity to put the intention and the thought into action, for that is not only the easiest part but the most naturally joyful part of being of service. Then all is released, all is let go, and you remain aware of the perfection that was and is and shall be. There is much to be said for the serenity of the one known as Siddhartha, the one who is central to another great philosophical and spiritual system upon your sphere. That serenity is possible because of the surrender of the self to the vicissitudes of the still and the not-still waters of existence and consciousness. You are most of service in and of yourself, and if you can cast your mind towards those who are of service to you, you shall perceive the truth of this statement. Those who are of service to you are as touchstones as much for what they are, who they are, how they are, and why they are as for their actions toward you.

Now L/Leema said a great deal of what is considered to be a complex subject is simple, for those things which are complex are also those things which entities must do for themselves, and you may hold the mirror to an experience for one to whom to you wish to be of service, and you explain your point of view and offer all of yourself in the situation which you see before you that confronts another, but you cannot be effective if you consider that change is the result of service to others, so always surrender will give it, for the shepherd is one whose life is dedicated to the care of those entities that have come into its care, and you shall vibrate with that compassion, but as you wish to be of service, look to the freedom of each individual whom you serve, and after you have used all of your resources to lift from the snare that sheep which is caught, after you have fed your friend and the stranger who comes to you and says, “Help me,” you remain at peace within your own being, for the choices that shall be made shall be the result and the free will of each individual. Now L/Leema said If you have spoken clearly, if you have done whatever you see to do for another, you step back and realize that you have created the thought  of how to serve, and you have had the opportunity to put the intention into action, for that is not only the easiest part but the most joyful part of being of service, and then all is let go, and you remain aware of the perfection that was, and is, and shall be, for there is much to be said for the serenity of Siddhartha, the one who is central to another spiritual system upon your sphere where serenity is possible because of the surrender of the self to the unpleasant changes of the still and the not-still waters of consciousness, so you are most of service in and of yourself, and if you can cast your mind towards those who are of service to you, you shall perceive the truth of this statement, for those who are of service to you are as touchstones as much for who they are and why they are as for their actions toward you. On October 4, 1998, Q’uo described the waters of our consciousness:

And each of you as seekers have plunged into those infinite waters of consciousness and you have become aware of those deep voices within the mind, those presences, those principles that are personal and yet impersonal, that are the self and yet the oversoul of the self. And in the silence, you can put the question: “What do I truly desire?” and then you can listen. Listening to that graceful and yet muscular silence is a discipline of the personality that will never disappoint the persistent listener. Simply allowing the distortions of the moment, the confusions of the day to slip away can put one into the heart’s sanctum sanctorum, that inner sacristy of silence and prayer where the Creator waits infinitely and patiently. The Creator awaits each of you within your own heart, within that deep silence that is within that room within the heart, for truly the holy of holies is within you, and within you are not only all of the instructions for this life and for this period of learning but, indeed, all of the instructions whatsoever for the you that you are before time was.

To conclude. In being of service to others, begin with the largest picture, that of infinite, everlasting consciousness, the one original Thought, the Logos. In meditation, in focused silence, fall into the deep ocean of that infinite space, that infinite Light, that everlasting Love, and lose yourself, lose your small clay vessel. When you come back to this reality as you may call it of the planetary sphere and its day-to-day occurrences, you shall have brought back a treasure—yourself—in the larger sense. Each moment shall seem so much more precious to you, for there are so few of them while you are within this clay vessel, while you are able to interact as you do within the illusion which you enjoy.

Then take upon yourself the cloak of the shepherd. Take up your crook, and do not count the cost of giving nor begrudge any outcome. But within yourself, refine your intentions until they are true; refine and hone your perceptions until they do not fail you. And when you offer them, give them away. Support, Love and set those about you free. With that surrender, you have again entered the Logos, the one original Thought. We wish you well upon your journey. Each of you is of service when you know it and when you do not know it. It does not bear analysis after the fact. Work upon your own powers of discrimination and perception, empathy and sympathy, and compassion and most of all, surrender, so that that which is the most positive may shine through regardless of how it is seen by the one whom you wish to serve.

We smile in our hearts as we imagine each of you attempting to picture the perfection of those about you or of yourself. How foreign these thoughts are to you. That is why it is difficult to be of service. Your minds are full of opinions, my friends, your hearts are full of hidden corners, walled-off rooms, and fear. There is nothing to fear. You are free and in the third-density illusion. You can be of the greatest assistance to each other that you shall ever be to anyone. We cannot possibly emphasize enough the height, the breadth, and the depth of the possibilities for service in your earthen vessel, for yours is the density of choice. You shall choose your priority or have already chosen, and as you serve, you are aiding the one whom you serve to choose his or her polarity or to increase it. The opportunity will not come again. After the density which you now enjoy, the process of refining begins in earnest, and the steps you take become smaller and smaller as they become more and more refined. We share with you our excitement at the very thought of being where you are. We share with you our enormous sympathy and compassion for the pain, disappointment, and confusion which you must endure to be where you are now. And we share with you our understanding, such as it is, that you have chosen these moments, these few precious moments of eternity to make your choice and to aid others as they go forth to choose between the light and the dark use of Love.

Then L/Leema said in being of service to others, begin with the largest picture, that of infinite consciousness, the one original Thought, the Logos, and in meditation fall into the deep ocean of that infinite Light, that everlasting Love, and lose yourself, and when you come back to this reality of the planetary sphere and its day-to-day occurrences you shall have brought back a treasure—yourself—in the larger sense, so each moment shall seem more precious to you, for there are few of them while you are able to interact as you do within the illusion which you enjoy, and then take upon yourself the cloak of the shepherd, and your crook, and do not count the cost of giving nor begrudge any outcome, but refine your intentions until they are true, and refine your perceptions until they do not fail you, and give them away, yet support, Love, and set those about you free, for with that surrender you have entered the Logos, the one original Thought, so we wish you well upon your journey, for each of you is of service when you know it, and when you do not know it, and work upon your powers of discrimination and compassion, but most of all, surrender, so that that which is the most positive may shine through regardless of how it is seen by the one whom you wish to serve. L/Leema concluded by saying we smile in our hearts as we imagine each of you attempting to picture the perfection of those about you or of yourself, and how foreign these thoughts are to you, so that is why it is difficult to be of service, for your minds are full of opinions, and your hearts are full of hidden corners, but there is nothing to fear since you are free and in the third-density illusion where you can be of the greatest assistance to each other that you shall ever be to anyone, yet we cannot emphasize enough the height, the breadth, and the depth of the possibilities for service in your physical body, for yours is the density of choice, and you shall choose your priority–or have already chosen–and as you serve, you are aiding the one whom you serve to choose his or her polarity, or to increase it, but the opportunity will not come again, for after the density which you now enjoy, the process of refining begins in earnest, and the steps you take become smaller as they become more refined, so we share with you our excitement at the thought of being where you are, and we share with you our compassion for the pain and confusion which you must endure to be where you are now, and we share with you our understanding that you have chosen these precious moments of eternity to make your choice and to aid others as they go forth to choose between the Light and the dark use of Love. On March 25, 1989, Latwii said that this third density is where we make our choice:

This is your time of choice. This is the heavy illusion in which you must make your choice. It was designed that you would have very few clues of a clearly overt nature as to the true nature of the mystery of the Creator. You make your choice in darkness, a shadowland where you can see nothing clearly. Wrong seems not-so-wrong and right seems questionable. There is nothing within the illusion that suggests ideals, ultimates, or superlatives. Yet, we say to you that you, yourself, are absolutely unparalleled by any other spirit within the infinite creation. You are unique. You are very, very important to the Creator and much Loved. When you know this, perhaps it is easier to open the heart to Love in return. Perhaps it is easier to open your mouth to words of praise and thanks. Perhaps it becomes slowly easier to think of things from another person’s point of view or from some larger point of view which alters provincial and petty thinking.

We are those of L/Leema, and again we cannot tell you how grateful we are that you have settled upon this format, for it enables us to use this instrument as we had hoped to. We hope that we have been of some small service to you and wish to…

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

I am L/Leema, and am again with this instrument. We leave you as we bask together in the glow of your eventide, in the small sounds that we may hear through your ears, sounds of contentment, birdsong, the humming of the domicile about you, the pets that live about you and speak now to each other. There is blessing in the wind, my friends. When it calls your name, do not be afraid. You shall not be consumed by the fire of life. We of L/Leema bid you farewell in the Love and in the Light of the One Who Is All. Adonai. Adonai. Adonai.

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and we greet you, my friends, in the Love and the Light of that same Creator. We have been privileged to listen with you as those of L/Leema have spoken of that most difficult service, that is, the experience of your lives, and we join you in seeking to purify our service. Our service is a humble one. We shall attempt to answer any queries which may remain. May we begin, my friends, then with your first query?

Carla: In general, is it possible for a service-to-self person living on this planet at this time to appear to be service-to-others oriented, even to close scrutiny?

I am Latwii. My sister, this query is one which requires an understanding which your people are frequently without, for to pierce to the heart of service to self, it is as difficult a task as understanding that concept of service to others. For, indeed, to serve in a polarized sense, one must be able to perceive the intentions with which an entity enters into its actions and with which it conducts its thoughts. One who is adept at pursuing the path of serving the self first and foremost is one who has for a great portion of its incarnation been what you would call a conscious seeker, and has sought consciously to gather about itself those powers and items which it has determined will best suit its purposes. A portion of the ability to accomplish these tasks is the ability to conceal from others the intentions and the purposes for the actions and the experiences, for few would consciously choose to give over the will to another if they knew that they then in any sense whatsoever would become enslaved by such a choice of action.

Thus, it is, indeed, possible for an entity to seem quite of service to others but to be at the heart of its intention of quite the polar opposite polarity. The ability of entities to determine the actions and intentions of another is that factor which makes the recognition of such negatively-oriented [inaudible] difficult. Yet if one gives with a whole heart, with a desire to serve and Love all about it, one need not fear the meeting of such an entity.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: Well, my motive for asking that question was personal. I had run into a fairly powerful entity over the weekend, a fellow named P, and subsequent experiences that I’ve had have seemed to me—have had to do with the openness with which I met this entity, due to the fact that I had just had a healing and my taking on of some of the vibrations which he offered which I would not normally have done. I guess there’s a lot of fear in the motivation for asking the question, so I suppose the corollary to that is, in what way does one cease to fear that which is hurting one?

I am Latwii. My sister, begin first with the foundation of all creation, that is, unity. From this unity the one Creator, the one original Thought of Love, springs all the infinite variety of forms of life and directions for each. Look then to any which seem of a fearful or doubtful nature. See there the Creator that rests as well within your own being. Love that Creator as if It were yourself, for in truth It is. See that which is feared; bathe it in Love; see it as self, bless it, bid it travel its journey, and then bathe your own being in the Love and the Light of the One. In so doing, you have affirmed the unity of all creation, for in truth that is all that there is. To move from that truth and to see any separation is to step upon the grounds which the entities of the negative polarity rule when fear and separation are with the entities there.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you as well. May we attempt another query at this time?

N: Yes, Latwii, along this same line. I too encountered a number of entities, many of which were very loving and positive, and some which were negative. Yet those which seemed to be negative seemed to have a very great psychic awareness, of the ability to interpret past lives of an individual just by sight, perhaps future lives and… Is this psychic awareness the same as service—I meant gleaned through service to others as well as service to self?

I am Latwii, and, my brother, may we suggest that the tools which the one Creator has placed before each of Its portions may be utilized in either the positive or negative sense. An entity may choose to use any ability in either manner.

May we refine our answer in any degree, my brother?

N: Well, perhaps I’m seeking direction for increased psychic awareness, perhaps for myself. I don’t know whether that’s service to self or service to others. I previously was much more oriented in service to others and would like to redirect myself in that respect again but I’m having trouble.

I am Latwii, and, my friends, we have from that comment perhaps found a point, a comment upon which we may also comment. As one seeks to serve others in the manner which our brothers and sisters of L/Leema have expressed, that is, to allow the entity to be freer, to do that which they choose, we may make this attempt in one of two basic ways. One which is the most common among your people is to attempt to decide with the intellectual mind what one may do to serve, how one may develop one’s abilities, and just how these abilities shall be utilized. This is an attempt, shall we say, to fashion and structure the manner and mode in which one serves. It is a noble attempt, one borne of the best of intentions, yet the one most often to fail, for the one Creator moves unseen and quite often unfelt within each entity and each entity has in the deeper portions of its being decided to serve as a channel for the One. How this service shall be manifest is that which is unknown.

To surrender the self, to surrender the decision-making ability in a large degree and to give over the self to the use of the one Creator is the second manner which is most successful and least often chosen among your people. To await that which is within is difficult, for you see others seeming to serve very effectively in a manner which is apparent and seems to bear fruit. That you are not first on your block to do so is discouraging, but that you shall eventually do so gives you comfort, and that you shall choose to do so in such and such a manner seems to give more comfort. But, my friends, may we suggest that you give over your desire to do this or to do that in this or that manner and pray that the one Creator moves through you in the way most salubrious, shall we say, for true service to be manifested through being. For each has at least one ability which shall be developed. It may not be showy; it may not be flashy; it may not draw oohs and ahhs from a great crowd. Yet, my friends, the One shall move through you. Know that in your hearts, and calm your minds.

N asked: “Well, perhaps I’m seeking direction for increased psychic awareness, perhaps for myself. I don’t know whether that’s service to self or service to others. I previously was much more oriented in service to others and would like to redirect myself in that respect again, but I’m having trouble.” Latwii began by saying we have found a point upon which we may comment, for as one seeks to serve others in the manner which our brothers and sisters of L/Leema have expressed to allow the entity to do that which they choose, so we may make this attempt in one of two ways, so one is to decide with what one may do to serve, and how one may develop one’s abilities, for this is an attempt to structure the manner in which one serves, but it is a noble attempt, yet the one most often to fail, for the one Creator moves unseen and quite often unfelt within each entity, and each entity has decided to serve as a channel for the One, but how this service shall be manifest is that which is unknown. Latwii continued by saying to surrender the decision-making ability in a large degree and to give over the self to the use of the one Creator is the second manner which is most successful and least often chosen among your people, and to await that which is within is difficult, for you see others seeming to serve effectively in a manner which seems to bear fruit, but that you are not first to do so is discouraging, but that you shall eventually do so gives you comfort, and that you shall choose to do so in a certain manner seems to give more comfort, but we suggest that you give over your desire to do this in this way, and pray that the Creator moves through you in the best way for service to be manifested through your being, for each has at least one ability which shall be developed, and it may not be showy, yet the One shall move through you, so know that in your hearts, and calm your minds. On October 26, 1980, Latwii described how we may calm our minds:

Would that we could say to all of your peoples who live upon your troubled sphere at this time, “Please, beloved people whom we serve, can you but calm your minds, and see the beauty of Love.”

People find their minds to be like stone, their opinions and their biases etched in the stony surface with great deliberations and, therefore, people do not change. Yet in truth, my friends, all living things are in a constant state of change, and thus the mind is water, not stone. For water can adapt itself to any circumstance, and in the end is stronger than any rock. For you can see, as you look about you at your rivers and your canyons, that given time, as you call it, water erodes that hard and unforgiving stone, absorbing life-giving minerals, and is flowing, always flowing, giving beauty and life, rain from the sky, waves along the shore.

That is the secret of your consciousness, my friends. Your mind is much stronger than you may think. Not because of its firmness, but because of its incredible ability to learn, to change, to adapt, and to transform itself, just as water becomes part of the air and is then reformed as a life-giving substance watering the crops.

May we attempt another query?

N: Then, it is a suggestion that we continue to try to develop this oneness through meditation. And even though the first on the block as you suggest, I would like to be one of those on the block sooner or later, but seemingly with great difficulty at this particular time and place.

I am Latwii, and, my brother, we have perceived an incomplete query upon your part. Yet we do feel that therein lies another point which we might be of service in uncovering. That is that each of you in the heart of your being as you move through your daily experiences is truly of service, for you can do  nothing else but serve. You seek to refine that service in a manner which you may amplify and thereby increase the service. To begin by knowing that you serve is a good beginning. To await that amplification that will point a way that seems more clear is our suggestion. Rather than attempting to, as it has been said, push against the river, move with that river, and in the appropriate moment you shall set sail and call upon many ports and be of service in yet another manner. Do not forget that you serve at all times though, my brother.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Thank you very much. It’s nice to know that we serve at all times. It just seems that sometimes we seem to have more or less direction of service to self. May I ask why the general knowledge of the Council of Nicaea, with reference to the elimination of Christ’s teachings and all other teachings concerning reincarnation, is not generally known and, if known, isn’t very well accepted?

I am Latwii, and, my brother, many within your organized religious circles are unaware of such information, for who wants to hear bad news? And if such were brought to the attention of these entities, there could be no proof that would be powerful enough to convince them, for one will see what one will see, and one will believe what one wishes. Is that not true for each? Let each travel that path that each has chosen, for all paths, as it is said, lead to home, if we may paraphrase.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Well, yes. In a way it would seem that a deliberate deletion from what was previously the handwritten bibles is an infringement of free will to a certain extent. Why should it be considered “bad news” to such an extent that the news should be shielded or the views should be shielded from the masses? Not that everything is shielded in many of the metaphysical writings, but many of the metaphysical writings are not accepted by the—particularly by the fundamentalists?

I am Latwii, and, my brother, it is not true that those who are willing and able to hear this message of which you speak do indeed hear it. Thus, the shield is not complete; it works for those who wish it to work.

May we answer you further?

N: No, thank you very much.

I am Latwii, and we thank you very much. May we attempt another query?

Carla: Just to follow up on that. I have a human opinion, and that was that those at the Council of Nicaea were afraid that the punch would go out of the story of Christ’s death on the cross and his resurrection if it were known that you didn’t just have this chance to become “saved” but have an infinite number of chances. Could you confirm that?

I am Latwii, and this is in part correct, my sister. To continue, it is also a point which makes what may be called the priestcraft important to the general population, for the one known as Jesus had shown what all could do, and if it were generally known that all would live again, then each would have a closer relationship, shall we say, a direct access, not only to the one known as Jesus but to the model and the kind of life, and experience, and possibilities which that one exemplified, and there would be less need for an intermediary to speak to the great for the lowly, for the lowly and the great would be seen as one.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you. Is there another query at this time?

A: Is the instrument weary?

I am Latwii, and this instrument has a good deal of energy, for it is fresh in the channeling this evening for those of the brothers and sisters had a good deal of the stage for this evening, and we are fresh upon it. May we attempt another query?

N: May I ask if there is a method of meditation which will more truly focus our ability to become, shall we say, in macro contact, or shall I say, in contact with the universal mind?

I am Latwii, and, my brother, there are many, many means of meditation which can allow one to experience the unity of all creation. It is, however, not so important the means by which one meditates as it is the desire which fuels the meditation. Whatever path is chosen must be chosen with a desire that burns incessantly, for that which you desire is that which you shall gain, and that which you shall realize. You shall realize it in direct proportion to that desire. Choose whatever means you wish, whatever feels right to you, my brother, whatever means you seem to have a natural ability to exemplify in your meditations, whether it be to watch the breath, to focus upon one point, to focus upon a concept, be it Love or Wisdom, to focus upon a mantra, to do this or to do that. Whichever you do, do with a desire to be one with all.

May we answer you further, my brother?

N: Thank you very much. Would you address, please, a consideration for the fact that whether there is or is not going to be an Armageddon?

I am Latwii, and this is a very humorous question, my brother. We hope that you do not think that we have an unusual sense of humor. But it is as if one at a dance had asked us, “Where was the dance?” My brother, you live within the Armageddon. The times, as it has been said, are indeed a’changing. You live within times that are most uncertain, in which all portions of the life experience change and change with great rapidity. Look about you, my brother. You see the battle of Light and dark in all places, in all hearts. You see the doubts and the fears, you see the prophets, the sages; you see all that has been foretold and, yes, you are at the dance.

May we answer you further?

N: Thank you very much. You seem to confirm what I thought, whereas many people feel that it is a future battle rather than a current elevation. Thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, as always, my brother. Is there another query?

[Pause]

I am Latwii. Ahh, my friends, we see that we have quickly exhausted the queries. Yet, we have enjoyed ourselves immensely. This instrument seems to be loosening up somewhat. Perhaps we should subject him to long conversations with discarnate entities more regularly, and tire his overactive mind out. Ah, perhaps this is the formula—we shall remember. We leave you now. We are those of Latwii. We are with you always upon your requests for the meditation and the deepening of your meditation. We leave you in Love and Light, for there is nothing else around. I am Latwii. Adonai vasu.

This morning the quote from The Thunder of Silence is: “We look at the creations of God through the instrument of the mind, and the forms we see take on the color and complexion of the mind interpreting them. When a person comes to us and says, “I have a diseased body” or “I have a sick mind” or “I have an empty pocketbook,” they are beholding creation through limited, finite, material sense; but if we can ignore what the person is seeing, feeling, and experiencing and realize that our mind is but an interpreter, and if we can become sufficiently still so that the true picture can register, then out of the Silence we may hear, “Thou are my child, my beloved child, in whom I am well pleased” or “This very place is the kingdom of God” or “all that I have is thine.” In other words, there comes an assurance from within that the scene, as mortal sense interprets it, is incorrect; and in the Silence what is actually there is revealed to us.

A person struggling with a problem is judging by appearances, and their mind is interpreting their world in the light of prenatal conditioning, environment, education, and later, personal experiences; whereas, when the mind interprets the scene through the pure activity of Soul, all judgment is set aside while we wait in the Silence. “God, I have no judgement.” And in such humility, spiritual vision illumines the scene.

In the human scene, the mind is creative. It can create good, and it can create evil—and does. In the spiritual scene however, the mind is not a creative faculty but an avenue of awareness. For example, if we had a blank canvas in front of us and if instead of racking our brains as to what to put on it, we learned how to be still and waited, taking the attitude, “Here is the canvas. God, You paint the picture,” we would find ideas flowing freely, and into our consciousness would come the directions which our mind and hands would execute.

In such a state of receptivity, inventions, discoveries, plans on the trestle board, or whatever idea is necessary would unfold, and the ability would be given us to carry these ideas into execution. That is because the real sea of intelligence is Soul or Spirit, and divine Intelligence functions through Its instrument, the mind. The whole secret lies in making the transition from a thinking, plotting, planning, scheming mind to a mind at rest in a state of awareness, through which divine ideas can flow.”

Later this morning I ran some errands with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought some more Sun Patiens, two flats of Impatiens, and one flat of Snapdragons. My second stop was at Walmart where I bought 5 more bags of Epsom Salts. My third stop was at Feeder’s Supply where I bought some cat food, some birdseed, and some fish food. My fourth stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought some food for myself. My last stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I dropped off two prescriptions to be refilled, bought some Tylenol and Kleenexes and some more food for myself. When I got home, I transplanted the two flats of Impatiens into two small gardens on the south side of the Flower Fall. Then I watered them and covered them with netting to protect them from the deer. Then I transplanted the Snapdragons into a small garden on the north side of the Flower Fall, watered them, and covered them with netting to protect them from the deer.

This afternoon I was once again honored to co-host the European Law of One Telegram Group. This week I read Ra Session #69 to the group, and then I was asked: “How did Don, Carla and I feel after the session where the topic was how Carla was almost led into negative time/space by our fifth-density negative friend?” “Had Carla ever been in trance before the Ra contact?” “Why was it so important that Carla’s hair be combed into place for a Ra session?” “How could Carla’s use of her will cause her to become a martyr?” and “Why did Don call Carla alrac?”

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 15

You Seek The Uncreated Things

I am of the consciousness of Love, and I greet you in the name of Jesus the Christ.

I am the Spirit, created before all worlds and uncreated, attaching creation to un-creation in the fullness of the Father.

Before your minds lie things created. And yet you seek the uncreated things, that which you call the mystery. You need seek no further than the depths and recesses of your being. Each soul is uncreated as well as created, potential as well as active, unstructured as well as infinite, full and whole, with a wholeness of that which is not created but merely is a gift.

For Love is that substance which not only is created but creates its own creation from itself. Never fear that you shall lack, in the Spirit of Love, to be able to offer Love in any amount if you but seek the uncreated strength and fullness of the Spirit of Jesus Christ. Infinity lies within you and Light which seems inaccessible to the eyes is accessible in prayer.

We leave you in the peace of wholeness, now and ever.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of Love and open our hearts minds, and souls to send Love, Light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite Love, Light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our Love, Light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Hatonn, Latwii, and L/Leema channelings are from May 26, 1985:

(Carla channeling)

I am Hatonn, and I greet you in the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. We thank you most heartily for allowing us to share this meditation with you, and are overwhelmed by the pleasant peacefulness that seems to surround your domicile. We are working with this instrument one word at a time and, therefore, there may be pauses. We apologize for the pauses, but there is some gain in accuracy in working in this manner, although it leaves the instrument without any idea of what is to follow, not even one concept ahead, and therefore it is not often attempted until the instrument has had some experience.

Jupiter or Jove is no longer worshipped. The great interrelationships that held so much meanings in cultures and mythologies other than your own are no more, except in the lasting bounds of literature, poetry, and so on. Yet, it is often a good and worthwhile thing to gaze back upon other cultures’ seeking for the truth, others’ seeking for definition of who they are, and what the nature of the world in which they live is. Indeed, it is helpful to gaze at your own culture in this way. You might move ten thousand of your years into the future in your mind and then gaze back at the passion and the majesty of the Jewish and the Christian saga. Much would be put in perspective, both about the nature that the saga teaches that truly is and about the nature of the world in which people live.

This is similarly so of any of the other current belief systems. There are those in any culture who have the capacity financially to do precisely what they wish. What many wish to do is to skim the surface of their lives as if the conscious mind were a frozen pond and the waters beneath too dangerous to examine. There are those who do not wish to cook, and so they go to restaurants and eat other people’s cooking. It is possible that the same food cooked carefully and in small portions, might taste better made at home, but it is not the quality of the food that interests those who go to restaurants as much as the convenience and the lack of personal labor involved in the ingesting of someone else’s food. Such is the nature of any dogmatic religion.

In this session Hatonn spoke of the mythologies of other cultures like Jupiter, Jove, Christianity, and Judaism. They began by saying Jupiter or Jove is no longer worshipped, for the interrelationships that held so much meanings in cultures other than your own are no more, except in the lasting bounds of literature, poetry, and so on, yet it is often a good thing to gaze back upon other cultures’ seeking for the truth, others’ seeking for definition of who they are, and what the nature of the world in which they live is, for it is helpful to gaze at your culture in this way because you might move ten thousand of years into the future in your mind and then gaze back at the passion and the majesty of the Jewish and the Christian saga, and much would be put in perspective, both about the nature that the saga teaches that truly is and about the nature of the world in which people live. Then Hatonn said this is so of any of the other belief systems, and there are those in any culture who have the capacity financially to do what they wish, so what many wish to do is to skim the surface of their lives as if the conscious mind were a frozen pond and the waters beneath too dangerous to examine, but there are those who do not wish to cook, and so they go to restaurants and eat other people’s cooking, yet it is possible that the same food cooked carefully and in small portions, might taste better made at home, but it is not the quality of the food that interests those who go to restaurants as much as the convenience and the lack of personal labor involved in the ingesting of someone else’s food, for such is the nature of any dogmatic religion. On July 12, 1981, Hatonn spoke about some of the belief systems of our culture:

When we observe the belief systems of your particular societal patterns, we find a frightening situation. In each area of the common social life and in each personal area there is the concept of failure or success. In your cultural patterns there is a strong drive to succeed. Thus, those who, by the standards of your society, garner great amounts of that which you call money, power, or prestige are admired simply because they have succeeded and those whose accomplishments are modest in the eyes of the society are looked upon with kindness or with pity, but not with admiration, in spite of the fact, my friends, that this is all an illusion. You cannot know whether the work that you are doing in order to garner your money is succeeding. You can only do it with Love. You cannot judge yourself, nor can anyone judge you with any accuracy whatsoever. For it is the Love in your work, not the remuneration, that will affect your eternal self.

The believer chooses to accept a spiritual food which has been prepackaged for convenience. In a dogmatic religion, the questions are ever-fresh, but the answers are often unsatisfying if one wishes to prowl to the extent of looking beneath the surface for the answer. We disclaim any criticism of your religions for it is in the cradle of systematized religious knowledge that those young souls who come into third density thirsting for spiritual truth are given the greatest chance of making contact with themselves in a spiritual sense at a young enough age that the self may eventually use all the knowledge of organized religion to gain courage to take the plunge beneath the surface thought. Do you long, then, for the Greek mythology? Do you still gaze hopefully at the enchanted glades of yesteryear, awaiting the dryads to peek out from the trees and the nymphs to smile from the waters? It is doubtful. Do you, to some extent, regret loss of Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism or any so-called organized religion? It is not necessary. It is possible for you to both know of the surface nature of dogma and to know that is also a valuable key which, used by a seeker, may open the door to the self.

During your meditations, you can come very close to a door. Even if you do not meditate daily or not at all, it is possible to attain fairly quickly a certain level of awareness of exactly what sort of thing it is that you are seeking, what kind of journey you wish to make, and what equipment you wish to take with you emotionally, mentally, and spiritually. The kind of equipment that you look for, the kind of tools, the kind of thoughts that you wish to pack in your bag, are those things which produce fertility or leaven for change, giving good fruit, giving heavenly bread, causing transformation in your journey. It is written in the Christian holy-work that the Kingdom of Heaven is like leaven, and that in time a little leavens the whole loaf. Again, it is like a grain of mustard seed that grows until the birds of the air may nest in its branches.

Hatonn went on to say the believer chooses to accept a spiritual food which has been prepackaged for convenience, but in a dogmatic religion the questions are ever-fresh, but the answers are often unsatisfying if one wishes to prowl to the extent of looking beneath the surface for the answer, so we disclaim any criticism of your religions, for it is in the cradle of systematized religious knowledge that those young souls who come into third density thirsting for spiritual truth are given the greatest chance of making contact with themselves in a spiritual sense at a young enough age that the self may eventually use all the knowledge of organized religion to gain courage to take the plunge beneath the surface thought, so: “Do you long, then, for the Greek mythology? Do you still gaze hopefully at the enchanted glades of yesteryear, awaiting the dryads to peek out from the trees and the nymphs to smile from the waters? “It is doubtful. Do you, to some extent, regret loss of Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism or any so-called organized religion?” Hatonn said it is not necessary, since it is possible for you to know of the surface nature of dogma and to know that is also a valuable key which may open the door to the seeker. Hatonn continued by saying during your meditations you can come close to a door, and even if you do not meditate daily it is possible to attain a certain level of awareness of exactly what sort of thing it is that you are seeking, what kind of journey you wish to make, and what equipment you wish to take with you emotionally, mentally, and spiritually, for the kind of equipment that you look for and the kind of thoughts that you wish to pack in your bag, are those things which produce  a transformation in your journey, so it is written in the Christian Bible that the Kingdom of Heaven is like leaven, and that in time a little leavens the whole loaf, so it is like a grain of mustard seed that grows until the birds of the air may nest in its branches. On August 18, 1984, Hatonn spoke of the Kingdom of Heaven:

This evening we would speak with you about that which one might call a kind of reality that is hard to discover within the heavy chemical illusion within which you live, think and act. It has been sometimes called the Kingdom of Heaven. The most apparent condition of this reality which each seeks—as it is more closely aligned with what you would call truth than is your experience—day by day is its harmony.

These similes are not meant to be taken literally, but the feeling of growth, of a more vivid life or a more clarified existence becomes familiar to the seeker, and its lack is a lack that causes an emptiness that cannot be filled by worldly pursuits no matter how enjoyable or how productive they may be, for what each is engaged in is the seeking of the deeper self. If you are choosing the tools to climb a mountain, you would choose carefully, for your life depends upon your equipment. If you chose to go diving, again you would be very careful. Not only would you take care that you had the right equipment, you would work on your skill.

The skill that you need is something which is often called meditation. Meditation has no dogma; it is a form of what this instrument calls prayer. It is a different experience for each person, but in each person, it furnishes the skill necessary to use the tools which are given you by your experience and the growing harvest that you have reaped from your experience. If there is not a smile within your heart as you awaken to a new day it may be possible that you have lived upon the surface for a day, an hour, a moment too long. It is time to dive within, into yourself, to find that pearl of great price, the self, or, to put it another way, again as it is written in your holy works, the Kingdom of Heaven. We offer you the caveat, the one that you have already, by your very natures, committed yourselves to change. It may be reluctant change. You may fight against it tooth and nail, for you may not be able to back off for ten thousand years in your mind and view the circumstances which are causing change with a calm mind and cheerful heart. Nevertheless, the change will come.

Hatonn continued by saying these similes are not meant to be taken literally, but the feeling of growth or a more clarified existence becomes familiar to the seeker, and its lack is a lack that causes an emptiness that cannot be filled by worldly pursuits no matter how enjoyable they may be, for what each is engaged in is the seeking of the deeper self, for if you are choosing tools to climb a mountain, you would choose carefully, for your life depends upon your equipment, and if you chose to go diving, you would be careful, so you would take care that you had the right equipment, and you would work on your skill. Now Hatonn said the skill that you need is meditation, for meditation has no dogma, and it is a form of what Carla calls prayer, and it is a different experience for each person as it furnishes the skill necessary to use the tools which are given you by your experience, but if there is not a smile within your heart as you awaken to a new day it may be that you have lived upon the surface for a moment too long, so it is time to dive within yourself to find that pearl of great price, for we offer you the warning that you have already committed yourselves to change, but it may be a reluctant change, and you may fight against it, for you may not be able to back off for ten thousand years in your mind and view the circumstances which are causing change with a calm mind and cheerful heart, yet change will come. On September 10, 1989, Yaum spoke of how change will come for us:

We may see each seeking heart, each thirsting soul, and we realize that many upon your planet are asleep, but that there are those who have awakened, and are seeking deeper answers. Indeed, it is our belief that change will come about for your people when they start discovering which questions to ask of themselves and others before acting.

We encourage you in your growing transformations. Know that all of nature rejoices with you when you have touched upon that central joy that is the Creator within you. Know that it cannot get so deep that you cannot resurface if your seeking is always with the light touch, always with the grain of salt. Your innate seriousness, that is, the innate seriousness of your journey, of your nature, and of your being guarantee that you who have once become aware of terms such as consciousness and Love and brotherhood shall not be able to lay those things down but shall carry them in your heart. That heart need not be heavy. The sunshine is within you; the bubbles that sparkle in your mineral waters are within you. The metaphysical humor of consciousness within your clumsy physical vehicles is within you. Circumstance may seem to assail you, but that which can heal and save with room to spare is within you.

So let us never bid farewell to Jupiter, nymphs, and dryads, and satyrs. Let us leave Gautama with His boat and the joys of Christ risen in the kingdom. Let us praise the way with Buddhists and rejoice at truth with the calm stoicism of Confucius. But most of all, let us trust in our own discrimination, in our information. Each of you, my friends, has a critically unique path. What is extremely valuable for one entity may not inspire another. Therefore, again stepping back, release the rest of the population on your sphere from all judgment, for its spiritual search, for its dogmas, for its conceptions of the divine, and the nature of the self. What matters to you and what shall matter to you long after the physical vehicle which you wear is dust, is the deep self. And how shall you find the deep self? How shall you know yourself, and therefore the universe? One step at a time, my friends.

Now Hatonn said we encourage you in your growing transformations to know that all of nature rejoices with you when you have touched upon that central joy that is the Creator within you, but know that it cannot get so deep that you cannot resurface if your seeking is always with the light touch, for the natural seriousness of your journey and of your being guarantee that you who have once become aware of terms such as consciousness, Love, and brotherhood shall not be able to lay those things down but shall carry them in your heart, but that heart need not be heavy, and the metaphysical humor of consciousness within your clumsy physical vehicles is within you, so circumstance may assail you, but that which can heal and save with room to spare is within you. Then Hatonn said let us never bid farewell to Jupiter, nymphs, and dryads, and let us leave Gautama with His boat and the joys of Christ risen in the kingdom, and let us praise with Buddhists and rejoice at truth with the calmness of Confucius, but most of all, let us trust in our own discrimination, for each of you has an unique path, but what is valuable for one entity may not inspire another, so stepping back, release the rest of the population on your sphere from all judgment, for its spiritual search, and the nature of the self, for what matters to you after the physical vehicle which you wear is dust, is the deep self, and you shall know yourself and the universe one step at a time. On June 17, 1982, Latwii described how we may know our self:

For this, a great discovery of the self, is that prime moving element which has set all that you see occurring upon the stage of your world in motion. Indeed, it has been well said that all the world is a stage, and each entity upon this stage plays many parts in its time, with many exits and entrances, and yet the play is the thing. And the purpose of this play, my friends, is that you shall know yourself. For you have authored the play, and you sit in the audience; you raise the curtain, you sell the ticket; you are the critic and you are those who know not that a play is in progress.

You, my friends, shall discover yourself in all these positions and many more, for you are the Creator and all that is exists so that the Creator might know Itself. As your age ends there will be many events, many lives lived successfully, shall we say, so that the self is found, many deaths to be lamented in the respect that the self still remains hidden to the entity. All that shall occur will have but one purpose—that is, to aid in the revealing of the self to each entity who seeks the self.

Be prepared for anything, from years to sudden brilliant revelation. What meditation does in one vibratory system of energy fields may take years, it may take days, it may take instants. Each entity is totally unique. Each entity has its own tools, and it should and it must claim biases, things that seem to the intellect to be crutches, things that you bring to meditation, not things that you keep in meditation. We leave you to your search. Others wish to speak if they can, and so we would shorten the message tonight to accommodate our brothers and sisters. But we must take this moment to thank you with all of our hearts for sharing the mortal evening with its intimate and personal sounds, the sounds that make a life on the surface, and for sharing the depths of your seeking and your Love of the truth with each other with us and with the creation.

We are sorry to counsel patience so often, for we know that it seems from your vantage point to be a real drawback to the spiritual search. Patience is difficult; patience is necessary; and a compassionate acceptance of yourself and your worth, while you exercise the patience and wait in faith for that revelation which has not yet come, for that presence of the Creator which you do not yet feel, is a very great and important part of your learning of the lessons of Love. We are your brothers and sisters of Love and would spend just one moment energizing the heart area of each before we leave this group. We salute each of your open hearts and trust they may be filled with cheer and the joy of life, both life as you know it now, and life in its infinite form which you carry within you as a seed, and for which this mortal life is good rich earth for the flowers that shall bloom an eternity upon your selfhood and your consciousness of the one Creator.

Hatonn continued by saying be prepared for anything from years to sudden brilliant revelation, for what meditation does in one vibratory system of energy fields may take years, days, or minutes, so each entity is unique, and each entity has its own tools, and it must claim biases, things that seem to the intellect to be crutches, things that you bring to meditation, so we leave you to your search because others wish to speak so we would shorten the message tonight to accommodate our brothers and sisters who wish to speak, but we thank you with all of our hearts for sharing the depths of your seeking and your Love of the truth with each other, with us, and with the creation. Hatonn completed their reply by saying we are sorry to counsel patience so often, for we know that it seems to be a drawback to the spiritual search, and patience is difficult but necessary as a compassionate acceptance of your self-worth while you exercise patience and wait in faith for that revelation which has not yet come, for that presence of the Creator which you do not yet feel is an important part of your learning of the lessons of Love, so we are your brothers and sisters of Love and would spend just one moment energizing the heart area of each before we leave this group, for we salute each of your open hearts and trust they may be filled with the joy of life as you know it now, and life in its infinite form which you carry within you as a seed, and for which this mortal life is rich earth for the flowers that shall bloom upon your selfhood and your consciousness of the one Creator. On May 4, 1986, L/Leema spoke of our consciousness of the one Creator:

It is a good thing to be what you are, and what you are will grow, and change, and transform, yet it is likely that one pattern or another is most likely congruent with your vibratory energy pattern. Thusly, not all of you will be Christians, not all of you will be Sufis, and so forth. Yet all these structures yield the same living water. All are channels through which this water may flow, and it is the discipline, and devotion, and firm intention to follow the example set before you that will open to you the consciousness which all have come to give—that one Consciousness of the one Creator. You have within you that one Creator, and, in fact, in the end you shall be that one Creator.

We are those of Hatonn. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu.

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and we greet you in that same Love and Light, my friends, as our brothers and sisters of Hatonn have so graciously left you within. It is our privilege again this evening to be asked to join your group. We thank you, and we join you with joyful hearts and with the hope that we may in some small way aid your search by answering your queries. May we begin now with the first query of this evening?

Carla: Well, I was going to wait until last because mine isn’t very important, but since nobody asked first, I’ll begin. Our L/L Research company has never asked for any money, and somehow we’ve always been able to reprint books. Whenever we’ve done a new project, however, someone has always had to make a sizable contribution, which we’ve never had to ask for. There’s a novel that Don and I wrote in 1968 and 1969 which many people who have read it in the group feel has a lot of spiritual aid in it for people who might read the book. It would cost several thousand dollars to publish for the first time. Would it be metaphysically appropriate to state the above in our newsletter? As I said, we have never asked for money, but would it be appropriate to explain a situation wherein we were attempting to make material available and we’re asking for help?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. We may suggest that in the metaphysical sense, one deals with a range of appropriateness which provides you with the opportunity for purity. You may do as you wish in whatever case. Each choice bears some fruit. There is in any situation the opportunity to provide a service and the opportunity to ask others to join in that service. Depending on the point of view which is chosen, the correctness, shall we say, will be more or less enhanced. This, of course, you already know and are in this case seeking a more precise declaration or clarification of that which shall be the most efficacious choice.

We cannot make this choice for you. We can suggest, however, that you look within the heart of your own being to see what is the basic desire that motivates your actions and your efforts. If you desire to serve with all your heart, then in this choice you cannot be incorrect, for the intention to serve is that which is seen and that which carries weight. We do not mean to seem obscure. We, in this instance, deal with a most delicate matter, for how to serve is the crucial question which each of your people who seeks in conscious sense must deal with and in some way reconcile, for to serve is not a case of the black and white easily made choice.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my sister, though we fear that our response was somewhat over-complex, yet we were attempting to transmit, shall we say, the most clear and detailed description which would fit through this instrument’s mind.

Carla: Well, I thought it was full and clear—that is, pithy. I was caught up in the realization that it did boil down to how does one serve. Because I had assumed that we serve by making as much information available as possible. Perhaps that needs reexamining. Thank you for the answer. It was not overly complex for me. This time.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my sister, and are pleased that there was a gist for you to grab within our response. May we attempt another query?

L: Yes. A number of people have experienced what might be referred to as temporary death in the sense that all their body functions stop, their brain stops entirely. Clinical death is a state of being, yet after a period of time they return to their body, having meanwhile experienced a number of, I guess you would call it “other side” experiences. In regard to this and ignoring the difference in time, what is the essential difference between this type of experience and the experience of Jesus Christ in coming back after three days?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. In the basic sense, the difference may be seen as one of purpose, for each entity incarnates with a purpose for the incarnation. There are lessons; there are services. Each decides before the incarnation how the mix between the two shall be made. The one known as Jesus had a purpose which was heavily weighted, shall we say, in the services offered to others, for in its incarnation, it attempted to provide a model by which each entity might provide itself with the means to learn and then to serve others. As the cycle of experience was drawing to a close, this entity, knowing that only a few incarnations for each were left, was providing, shall we say, hints and clues for those still remaining within the testing room, shall we say.

…

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii and am once again with this instrument, and we shall continue, my friends. Those who experience what has come to be called the near-death experience are those who have, in a conscious and unconscious manner, felt that the testing for the incarnation was complete, yet as the papers were handed in, the higher self, which may be seen as the teacher in this instance, asked the entity if perhaps it would care to consider an answer or two which had not quite been completed. Seeing then through the experience that there was more left that could be done in the sense of learning and serving, such entities then return. Having experienced firsthand the realization that, as Jesus taught, death is only a doorway and may be passed through and passed through again, these entities then are experiencing that which was a portion of the master known as Jesus’ message to mankind that the lessons may continue apace until they are learned, through however many incarnations are necessary, and for however many so-called deaths may be experienced.

L asked: ’’ A number of people have experienced what might be referred to as temporary death in the sense that all their body functions stop, and their brain stops entirely, for clinical death is a state of being, yet after a period of time they return to their body, having experienced a number of, “other side” experiences. In regard to this and ignoring the difference in time, what is the essential difference between this type of experience and the experience of Jesus Christ in coming back after three days?” Latwii began by saying the difference may be seen as one of purpose, for each entity incarnates with a purpose for the incarnation, and there are lessons and services, and each decides before the incarnation how the mix between the two shall be made, so Jesus had a purpose which was heavily weighted in the services offered to others, for in Its incarnation, It attempted to provide a model by which each entity might provide itself with the means to learn and then to serve others, so as the cycle of experience was drawing to a close, this entity, knowing that only a few incarnations for each were left, was providing hints and clues for those still remaining within the incarnation. Then Latwii said those who experience a near-death experience are those who have, in a conscious and unconscious manner, felt that the testing for the incarnation was complete, yet as the papers were handed in, the higher self, which may be seen as the teacher in this instance, asked the entity if it would care to consider an answer or two which had not been completed, and seeing then through the experience that there was more left that could be done in the sense of learning and serving, such entities then return, so having experienced the realization that, as Jesus taught, death is only a doorway and may be passed through, and these entities are experiencing that which was a portion of Jesus’ message to mankind that the lessons may continue apace until they are learned, though many incarnations are necessary, and for however many so-called deaths may be experienced. On November 19, 2016, Q’uo described the nature of the near death experience:

The near-death experience is that which is not an accident, shall we say, it is that which is brought to an entity as an opportunity to reinvigorate the incarnational experience. There are some entities who have programmed such reinvigorations into their incarnations previous to the incarnation, knowing that there would be the need for reviewing that which was planned aforetimes.

May we answer further, my brother?

L: No, that’s given me quite a bit to think about. Thank you very much.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my brother. Is there another query?

[Pause]

I am Latwii, and, my friends, though the queries were few, we feel a great honor at having been asked these few treasures, and we shall at this time, with the same joy in our hearts that we began this session, leave you, as always, in the Love and in the Light of our infinite Creator. We are those of Latwii. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

(Carla channeling)

I am L/Leema and greet you through this instrument in the Love, the Light, and the joy and the truth of the one infinite Creator. We have, we confess, been working diligently throughout this session upon the noggin of the one known as L. We hope we have not caused any inconvenience through this. However, we would like to make contact with this instrument as we have not built up familiarity with this instrument yet and would greatly find honor in that possibility. We shall, therefore, attempt to contact the one known as L. We will now transfer. We are those of L/Leema.

(L channeling)

I am L/Leema. I greet you in the Love and the Light of the infinite Creator, and I am overjoyed at the prospect of being able to speak so clearly through this instrument, for we have heard our brothers and sisters of Hatonn, and LaitosL and Latwii through this instrument but until now have not been able to make contact ourselves; so we of L/Leema have been stymied in our efforts to achieve communication through this instrument. We are making adjustments in our signal to facilitate this instrument’s ability to identify and process our communications, which of necessity requires a continuous broadcast, so we beg your patience with this seemingly endless run on of communication, for we are refining our signal as rapidly as possible and would like to do so without overloading the instrument’s capacity to receive by accelerating too quickly to keep up with our broadcast. This is achieving the desired objective, but we must tune our broadcast to the instrument’s speed so we can beg your indulgence as we refine. There. We have it.

We are of L/Leema. We are of the Confederation and seek to communicate with your group so that we may offer our services in the Love and Light of the infinite Creator. We of L/Leema have recently begun to communicate with your group, and the desire to offer our services such as they are and interacting with your group also creates the blessings of your service in extending your learning and communicative opportunities to ourselves that we may further progress along our own path of service to others. We of L/Leema are pleased to have been able to communicate through this instrument and will now relinquish our use of that instrument that it may recover from our efforts to shove it all in one box at one time. In the Love and the Light of the infinite Creator, we are known to you as L/Leema. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

This morning the quote from The Thunder of Silence is: “When you and I permit our minds to be filled with ignorance, superstition, and selfishness, that mind produces its own image and likeness, which is mirrored forth as the sins and diseases of the world; but when the mind is purified, so that it becomes an instrument for the pure Soul, then the mind produces the image and likeness of the Soul which is “according to the pattern showed to thee on the mount”—spiritual perfection.

The creations of God are incorporeal, spiritual, and infinite, not physical, material, or finite. God is Spirit, and, therefore, the universe of God and the body of God are spiritual. However, as the creations of God present themselves to our human sense, they appear to be physical, material, and limited. The reason for this anomaly is that our mind in its unillumined state is interpreting to us only what we can become aware of through our senses. We do not behold what is: We behold the interpretation of our mind.

For example, if there were a bowl of yellow roses in the room, you and almost everyone in the room would see them as yellow; but to the person who is color-blind, they might be interpreted as some other color; or while these same roses might be beautiful to you, they might precipitate an attack of rose fever or asthma in another person. Clearly, it is not what we become aware of that is important, but how the mind interprets that of which we are aware.

There are artists whose interpretation of roses might startle us because they are able to perceive some underlying spiritual truth about them, whereas we see only their finite physical form and color. Some of us might visit an art  gallery, look at masterpieces, and call them daubs of paint; and yet others could look at the same pieces of canvas and live in an ecstasy because through their developed understanding of art, their knowledge of line and color, they could appreciate and see what the artist saw when they put their vision on canvas. If we have developed any appreciation in the field of art, then we can stand before the artistes’ canvas fully aware of what they have placed there; but if our mind has no knowledge of art, we would then see nothing but splotches of paint.

When our mind is free of judgments, we can look out at this world and enjoy the sky, the air, the earth, the oceans, the sun, moon, and stars, but if our mind is filled with material concepts, we shall query as a friend of mind did years ago, “I don’t’ see why people travel. There are only two kinds of earth—it goes up and, they call it mountains; it goes down, and they call it valleys. Or it is wet and they call it water. Now what can anyone see in travel? What difference is there between one place and another?”

We rarely see what is before us. Everything that we observe in the world, we see through the eyes of our background—our parents’ attitude toward life, our racial and religious roots, our national heritage, our early environment, our education, and then later the experiences that we garner after leaving school.

These concepts are formed by prenatal influence, early environment, education and personal experience, which make of you and me what we are, human beings. So, it is as if our world is a world of harsh, bitter, and disagreeable people, that it sometimes is because four factors have conditioned us and influenced our interpretation of what we encounter. On the other hand, if we are meeting with a world of cooperative, understanding, and loving people, that, too, is probably due to our particular frame of reference.

Right where we are is the very kingdom of God. All that is in heaven is on Earth; but whether we find Earth a heaven or a hell depends upon whether we are seeing the Earth through spiritual or through material vision. The mind’s interpretation of experience determines whether it is heaven or hell.”

This morning I went outside and used Whip Lash to weed all of the walkways on all sides of my home. Then I used Huff and Puff to blow all of these walkways clean. Then I put the sprinkler on the newly planted Sun Patiens in the Flower Fall Mound on the south side of the front yard. While the sprinkler was running, I watered the Pansies on both sides of the sidewalk, beside the parking area, with my watering can. After about 30 minutes I put the sprinkler on the Wuthering Heights Mound on the south side of the sidewalk in my front yard to water the Pansies, Hosta, Creeping Phlox, and Mayapples.

This afternoon I walked around all sides of my home and picked up the small tree limbs that have fallen in recent winds, and I put them in a garbage can. Then I put the garbage can at the end of the driveway.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 14

May Your Spirit Speak

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ. I greet you in the full consciousness of Love and in its Spirit.

As one person looks upon another, creature looks at creature and Spirit looks at Spirit. In the eyes of some the creature is awake and the spirit quite asleep. In the eyes of others the Spirit has so far awakened that the creature needs no expression, for all has been sublimated to the transformation of Spirit.

In each glance, in each touch, and in each word with other entities, may your spirit speak mutely and creatively to those about you, and may you rejoice to find the lively Spirit when and where you will.

Indeed, the Spirit is in all. And it is well that all encouragement be given by you, that it may be awakened. To each creature which has the Spirit underneath, there are awakening and enlivening words and graceful gestures of Love and compassion which can be made which do not preach in words but speak volumes to the spirit within others in a sense which goes far deeper than words. Thus may your spirit speak, and thus may you aid in recreating and transforming all to Spirit.

We leave you in the lively, creative and transformational peace of the spirit of Christ.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of Love and open our hearts minds, and souls to send Love, Light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite Love, Light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our Love, Light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Yadda and L/Leema channelings for this session come from May 19, 1985:

(Carla channeling)

I am Yadda. I greet you in the Love and in Light of infinite Creator. We have difficulty deciding how to arrange meeting. Each want another person to speak. We all must speak briefly. I shall not, therefore, take up much of the time, that priceless commodity. Yet time is what you came here to take up.

Statement made earlier this evening, “Are feelings hurt because of comments about us?” First, no feelings to hurt. We do our best to share with those who have a legitimate metaphysical interest. When one does the best, then one is not apologetic. Moreover, is to be noted in the way the channeling works that the nature of the group vibration and the desires and level of the group together maintain the approach that we use to speak. You come here to spend time, yet each moment you spend time you come here, you spend time seeking the truth. Yet, each moment you can seek the truth. If we are a focus for the truth, that is all that can be hoped. However, never forget that you are the guardians of your own truth. That is why the question, “Who are you?” is so central. Seek well, my friends. We glad to speak with you. We come in the Love and the Light, in the indwelling nature of all that is the Creator. Adonai.

(Carla channeling)

I am L/Leema. We greet you in the Love and in the Light of our infinite Creator. We would like to confirm to the one known as A that we were attempting to adjust our vibrations to that instrument’s vocal mechanism. However, we are clumsy and new to this, and we apologize for the discomfort we may have caused the instrument. We also feel the need for briefness, not because we wish to be the soul of wit, but because there may be substantial questions and we wish to make room for them.

However, there is one point which seems to be worth making at this juncture for those in this group. That, my friends, is that you are all chosen. We work with third-density individuals which are not aware to full extent of their selfhood, of their specialness, of their being chosen, yet they, too, are chosen and have been since before you can imagine, before there was time, before there was any created thing. Older than all the galaxies are the souls that move through levels of consciousness within those galaxies. More experience do you have in yourself than does this planet or the star which warms it. Many, shall we say, consciousness groups inadvertently foster an elitism based upon a truth which is seen but not comprehended logically, and that is that each person who believes in the ideals of Love and service is chosen, is special, is anointed or passed by special vows, and that this specialness is a metaphysical and enduring specialness enduring far beyond what you think of on the surface as life. You may see those who have almost no consciousness at all apparently, and those whose consciousnesses, though competent, do not admit metaphysics. Yet these are not those who are lost forever; these are those who are learning a different lesson, taking a different road, going more slowly. There is time enough for all of consciousness which has been created to fully tap the birthright of that consciousness.

There is no elite, my friends. There is, in truth, only in relative time, as you know it, the so-called remnant. There are no permanent wailers and gnashers of teeth, as this instrument would put it. All shall be made one. For some it will take more cycles of experience than others. Those who speed up their experience speed up both the pain and the joy of that experience, for in using catalyst completely those side effects will occur. We wish you the fullness and richness of that joy and the understanding of pain which it contains.

In this session L/Leema spoke about the concepts of Love and service. They began by saying there is one point which seems to be worth making at this time for those in this group, and that is that you are all chosen, for we work with third-density individuals which are not aware to full extent of their of their specialness, and of their being chosen, yet they, too, are chosen and have been since before there was time, or before there was any created thing, yet older than all the galaxies are the souls that move through levels of consciousness within those galaxies, but more experience do you have in yourself than does this planet or the star which warms it, so many consciousness groups inadvertently foster an elitism based upon a truth which is seen but not comprehended logically, and that is that each person who believes in the ideals of Love and service is chosen and anointed by special vows, and this specialness is metaphysical and enduring far beyond what you think of on the surface as life, for you may see those who have almost no consciousness at all and those whose consciousnesses do not admit metaphysics, yet these are not those who are lost forever, but they are learning a different lesson and going more slowly, for there is time enough for all of consciousness which has been created to fully tap the birthright of that consciousness. L/Leema went on to say there is no elite, for there is only in relative time the remnant, but there are no permanent wailers as Carla would put it, so all shall be made one, but for some it will take more cycles of experience than others, so those who speed up their experience speed up both the pain and the joy of that experience, for in using catalyst completely those side effects will occur, and we wish you the richness of that joy and the understanding of pain which it contains. On April 4, 1998, Q’uo spoke of the nature of cycles of experience:

Each young spirit in incarnation discovers things that it likes, things that it wishes to avoid. As the incarnation progresses there are repetitions and cycles of experience that lead the entity repeatedly to the crossroads of incarnational choice, not simply once in an incarnation but reliably and dependably again and again. Each spirit will face one or more basic incarnational questions.

And we leave you now through this instrument, secure in the knowledge that you shall not judge our words to be perfect or our thoughts to be riveting. We are merely those in converse with you, not those who truly teach. We are comrades of the same road; we are in fact, your own selves. There is no boundary. Take what you wish for inspiration and leave the rest. We shall transfer.

(Jim channeling)

I am L/Leema, and we are pleased to have successfully transferred our contact to this instrument, and we greet you once again in Love and Light, my friends. We are hopeful that we may be able to answer a few of your queries this evening, and with that hope in our hearts, may we ask if we may begin with the first query?

A: L/Leema, I have two questions. The first one, in going through life people deal with fear, and with fear comes worry and also doubt. And I was wondering what some of the opposites of doubt would be. Could you comment on this?

I am L/Leema, and we are happy to give our efforts in the comment, my sister. The doubt which springs from the fear of which you have spoken has as its balancing factor elements which are not contained within your third-density experience when we speak of metaphysical surety and the understanding which erases all doubt. Within your illusion, it is necessary that the seeker move within a darkness of knowing, that is, that the seeker shall move by the motivations of the power of will and faith and shall not have, shall we say, even one small shred of irrefutable proof, for in your illusion the choice of paths must be made as a function of your free will. To offer proof—for proof to be available to any seeker, then, is to bias that free will and to reduce the potential power of the will and the faith that shall continue to motivate the seeker after it has been, shall we say, graduated from your illusion.

May we attempt a more clarified response, my sister?

A: No, that was fine, that’s kind of what I’ve been thinking. It’s been a topic of conversation. Another thing that we’d been discussing was the similarities and the contrast between the words transmit and translate. We were kind of interested in your point of view on what the differences were.

I am L/Leema, and we hope that our ability to define these terms may be adequate to your needs. To transmit is, in our perception, to relay a message in the exact form in which it has been given. To translate, then, is an effort which seeks to, shall we say, share a perception which is not understandable in one form by means of placing it in another form and thereby altering or distorting to some degree the message. The former term contains no potential for distortion; the latter, however, contains great potential for such distortion, depending upon the entity’s ability at the sharing of perceptions.

May we answer further, my sister?

A: Hmmm. I can’t think of the way to word the question I have, so it’s going to have to do for right now.

I am L/Leema, and we thank you, my sister, for your queries and your patience with our responses. May we attempt another query?

J1: What kind of a name is L/Leema?

I am for the moment that name, L/Leema, and this is a name which we have chosen for its personalized connotation to this particular group, for within this group there are those who have for a large portion of their incarnation pursued a path of seeking and sharing the Love and Light of the one Creator, and who have, therefore, chosen their own name to reflect this service. We, in our choosing of a name to use with this group, sought to harmonize our service to this group with the service that this group has chosen to offer.

May we answer further, my brother?

J1: Thank you.

I am L/Leema, and we shall add one small point, and that is that we are not normally known by name, for the naming concept is not one which many entities utilize. It is quite popular, we find, within your own illusion, thus we use it as well, and have tailored our use of it to this group, the first through which we speak.

May we attempt another query at this time?

N: May I ask if L/Leema will transmit to other groups, will he also use the same name and why was it just particularly adapted for our group?

I am L/Leema. We have chosen this name for this group for the reasons given in our previous response, and should we have the honor of speaking with another group of seekers upon your planet, we shall utilize a name which suits that particular group while offering the information that we have spoken through another group while utilizing another name. Thus, we shall, hopefully, remove confusion amongst those entities through which we speak.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Well, as stated earlier that we were all chosen for this group, is that because we’re a rather homogeneous group, or because there is a certain amount of variance within each individual entity?

I am L/Leema. My brother, look at that statement: “You have been chosen.” Now—who has done the choosing? That you were chosen is obvious, but we did not state who had done the choosing. We made this statement in hopes that not only would it be asked to us, “Who had been chosen and why?” but that each should ask this of itself. As you have moved into the incarnation, you have set for yourself certain possibilities, certain services and lessons that are the purpose of your incarnation. Much you have chosen; much you have laid in store for yourself. That you shall find yourself within various groups is no accident. This is the primary fact which we wished to illustrate by suggesting that you had been chosen.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: No, thank you very much. Do you mean we all knew each other in another lifetime?

I am L/Leema, and, my brother, may we strike to the heart of this concept and suggest that not only do you know each other on the surface level of incarnational experience, but each is the other.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Thank you.

I am L/Leema, and we thank you, my brother.

J2: I have a question that was given to me by some friends. They’ve been experiencing some pain and confusion and asked for some help in dealing with a sense of loss in things like changing life situations—death of a pet, death of a parent, and so on.

I am L/Leema, and we are happy to attempt to respond to this most central experience which each upon your planet experiences at some point within the incarnation. As you gather about you those friends, positions, opportunities, ideas, locations and possessions with which you identify and feel a connection of Love and purpose, you gather about you those factors, shall we say, which give you support upon your journey. As you become the conscious seeker of truth, the journey most frequently becomes a lonely process. Friends, family, locations, ideas, and so forth are the friendly confines or furnishings of one’s mind and experience that give the seeker reassurance when times are difficult and give the seeker joy when times are happy. Yet, at various moments, the seeker will lose, through perhaps a seeming random accident or chance occurrence, a friend, a loved one, a valued possession, a position, a home. These are the tests, shall we say, that all shall face and which shall present the seeker with the inner question of what truly supports and sustains the seeker’s life, and what is the life that passes so quickly in but a moment when it seemed so solid and sure.

These losses are central motivations, shall we say, provocations indeed, for the seeker to look deeper within its own being for the answers to these questions that become undeniably apparent when loss occurs. Then the seeker must seek with such an intensity and such a desire that the commensurate truth is drawn unto it. Thus, the seeker presents itself through such trauma with the opportunity to see the unity of all things that does not allow true loss in any degree. The seeker also sees the motion of experience that includes the seeming losses and gains of small and great magnitude, that these losses and gains are but the illusion of the One moving in and out of one’s life, that indeed, One, as the Creator, is the One as the seeker and this One teaches each of Its portions to yearn for It, to treasure It, to experience It, and through all such experiences of loss and of gain does the seeker then piece together the puzzle of its own existence.

May we answer further, my sister?

J2: Yes, thank you. I want to really thank you for that answer, that will help a lot. I have another question, and that is about the feeling and the experience of separation that comes from both separation between people and within a person, feeling a sense of loss of self. Can you speak to dealing with feelings of separation?

I am L/Leema, and we are happy, my sister, to speak to this point. Your illusion in its very basic nature is a fine example of separation or that which seems to be separated, for within your illusion, does not each entity and grouping of entities seem to be quite separate, one from the other? Do you not have the trees, and the sky, and the ground, and the seas, and mountains, and the valleys, and the cities, and the cars, and the trains, and the planes which move, separate, one from the other? Is there any true unity within your illusion? Is there any possibility for finding a unifying purpose within your illusion?

It would seem to many of your people that there is only separation, one entity from another, one group from another, one continent from another, one type of this or that from another, and indeed, within an entity, one desire separates from another, one way of thinking at one time separates from another. Throughout your illusion, separation seems the only verifiable fact. Indeed, so powerful is this illusion that many pass an entire incarnation without finding even a small degree of the unity of thought which binds all things within each portion of your illusion. Yet, my sister, the concept of separation is a great opportunity to learn the balancing concept of unity. That portion of your experience which seems separate, quite unaligned with any other portion, is that portion which offers the greatest of opportunities to find the unity which binds together all portions of your experience.

Thus, it is so with the concept of separation, where ever it may be found. As you see any such concept placed before your notice, you may note within your mind that there is a polar opposite concept awaiting your discovery just, shall we say, behind the one which seems apparent.

May we answer further, my sister?

J2: No, thank you, that was really helpful.

I am L/Leema, and we thank you, my sister. Is there another query?

N: Yes. It has been said that we can keep open all the switches, but unless we’re plugged into the generator, we’re not going to turn on, so to speak. And in that respect, how do we, shall we say, turn on to the fact that there is a complete unity when we are at least separate at this particular moment, or how do we become more progressed in the Law of One?

I am L/Leema, and, my brother, may we suggest that each of you is indeed, “plugged in” to the generator. There is no true separation; there is no true removal of your plug from the power source. Each of you has, however, chosen a path of conscious realization of the one Power which generates all creation. You have placed before yourselves a unique means by which you shall, shall we say, “throw your own switch,” and illumine your own being. Each is unique, for each of you has had a great many incarnational experiences through which you have gained certain biases, tendencies, characteristics. You have learned a great variety of lessons in a unique manner and in this present incarnation you seek then to complete lessons which you have left undone and to balance those biases which you have developed previously.

Thus, each has a unique journey that leads to the same point, the same source of power that is found in all portions of creation. Each day you partake in a sacred experience, the experience of your own life. Though mundane it may seem at the time, this is not truly the case. There is great joy imminent in every moment if you will but look deeply enough; there is the unification of all portions of your experience possible if you but search within your own being for the point of viewing which allows this unity to be seen…

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Jim channeling)

I am L/Leema, and as we have finished our response, may we ask if there is a further response which we may attempt?

N: Well, may I ask if it is the lot, shall we say, of those of us in third density on this particular physical plane to experience difficulty even though we more or less understand the path of Love and Light, and Light and Love, and the Law of One, yet it is more difficult for some of us to follow that path and, not in our thinking or understanding, but in our everyday life—such as when someone who does something deliberately, like, pulls in front of you in a car—you lose this tendency to love, and sometimes, in other instances—it occurs when someone deliberately steps on your toes, figuratively speaking, of course—we can with only great difficulty, and sometimes not even then, follow the path of Love and Light, and Light and Love of the one infinite Creator. Would you address this particular point or speak to this fact?

I am L/Leema, and we are happy to, my brother. It is true that it is the lot, as you have said, of entities upon your planet and within this illusion to experience that which seems most difficult, for how else shall you test your own ability to express the Love and Light of the one Creator. The journey that you are upon is one that has no end, thus you must continue in some way to provide yourselves with further opportunities to develop this potential to Love all entities and to see Light within all experience. If you have no such difficulties, then these abilities would remain at a given level with no further opportunity for enhancement.

Within your illusion that which seems difficult, that which seems unforgivable, that which seems unacceptable, are those experiences which test your strength to Love those who seem unlovable and to forgive that which seems unforgivable. Thus, you are as the one who lifts the weight: as the strength is gained, further weight must be added if further strength is desired. When you have passed from this illusion, and you look back upon it and thumb through your own book of life, you will have quite a different point of view. You will see those times which seemed most difficult as being of the greatest opportunity to Love, and those times then will seem as great treasures, whereas now they seem as they seem as great burdens. It is all a matter of the point of view, my brother. You have the narrower point of view now in order that you may test and strengthen your ability to widen this point of view.

May we answer you further, my brother?

N: Thank you. I understand this particular concept, but even though I understand it, I can’t seem to overcome it when it occurs, particularly in driving and so forth when there is some thoughtless gesture, or some deliberate gesture, I should say. Yet I understand what you’ve expressed. Is some of this a result of some karma from past life or is it, when you understand it, why can you not follow it more easily after repeated experiences?

I am L/Leema, and, my brother, we do not wish to annoy you by suggesting that none upon your planet understands Love. We may suggest that there is a great difference between intellectually knowing and being able to explain a concept and actually becoming that concept. Each of you attempts to become that which you believe or feel that you know with your rational minds. Yet, until Love has found its roots within the heart of your being, you cannot truly know Love. Each of you seeks to know Love, and you have consciously sought such for a great portion of time and may feel that you understand, yet understanding is not of your illusion; it is that which you seek.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Well, thank you very much. I can understand what you’ve said. May I ask a question about—it is said that the Maldekians had a great deal of difficulty in interrelating with our particular third-density physical plane. May I ask what the Maldekians—what their appearance was like, their physical appearance?

I am L/Leema, and, my brother, these entities were much like your own third density in their physical appearance. The choice of this particular sub-logos under whose care you reside for the third-density physical vehicle has been without exception the bipedal erect ape-like form, and those who inhabited the planetary influence of what you have called Maldek had much the same culture and experience as you find now upon your own planet. Indeed, many of these entities now work as third-density entities upon your own planet to alleviate or balance those actions which they set in motion upon their own home planet before its destruction.

May we answer you further, my brother?

N: No, thank you. I’m sure someone else has some questions.

I am L/Leema, and we thank you, my brother. Is there another query?

A: How is the instrument doing?

I am L/Leema, and we find that this instrument is available for another few queries. It has some difficulty in its posture, shall we say, but shall be able to respond through the next few queries. May we attempt such at this time?

A: Well, I had a question that popped in earlier, I don’t know where it came from but, but it’s just—how is the harvest coming?

I am L/Leema, and we cannot give any definitive response to this query, for upon your planet at this time there are many who are, shall we say, varying in their polarization around the level which is necessary for graduation. There are upon your planet many moves, many directions of energy and choices inherent in these energy movements that can influence great numbers of people. Therefore, we cannot give any definitive response to this query and apologize for our inability.

May we answer in any further capacity?

A: Well, actually you gave a pretty definitive answer to what I was asking. Thanks.

I am L/Leema, and we are grateful to have been able to serve. Is there another query at this time?

N: In relationship to Amy’s question. There was a consideration for a thought about the harvest in that before the fifth ecumenical council in Nicaea, called Nicaean, Constantinople, in, I think it was 553 AD, there was much talk about reincarnation and even in Christ’s teaching—at the Fifth Ecumenical Council it was deleted from the Bible. Has this affected the harvest, and how great has been the effect on those who would have considered reincarnation in the Western world?

I am L/Leema and am aware of your query, my brother. We find that the concept of reincarnation is a concept which allows an entity to view with a greater scope the forces which form one’s present experience. Yet, when this concept is absent within an entity’s thinking, those forces yet remain in motion, and the opportunities that these forces provide an entity are yet viable. Thus, as a concept in itself, it is of small value in the actual process of evolution. Those entities who were of the authority or upper echelon levels of the church at that time felt that entities would work more diligently within a lifetime if it were not known that future lifetimes were available to complete work left undone in the present lifetime. Though this is a choice which is a basic infringement upon the free will of others, it has had some effect in the causing of entities to work with that desired diligence.

May we answer you further, my brother?

N: Well, thank you. I assume at that time… is the instrument still in good shape?

I am L/Leema, and we find that this instrument is more comfortable at this time. May we attempt further queries?

N: At the time that the Council of Nicaea deleted this from the Bible, I assume that all Bibles were handwritten, and, as such, is there any interpretation in any Bible that does have all of Christ’s teaching of reincarnation or other teachings of reincarnation?

I am L/Leema. You are correct, my brother, in your assumption that at that time those few Bibles which were available were written by hand. It is also to be stated that these Bibles were most usually possessed by those elders and priests of the church who were able to read and were, shall we say, in charge of the members of the church and their spiritual teaching which was done orally. Thus, there are very, very few remaining copies of such Bibles, and none to be found or available to the current researcher, for it is difficult to preserve those pages upon which such scriptures were recorded over great periods of your time which have passed since that council.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: It has been said that once we have been introduced in whatever way to our spirit guides that we become more and more aware. Is this true, and in what way can we accelerate this introduction?

I am L/Leema, and, my brother, we can state that as you continue to seek the one Creator and unity of all things, you shall become more and more aware, as you have stated. It is not necessary to speak with those unseen or to have communications of this variety in order to become more aware of your process of seeking. To desire such knowledge and experience is all that is necessary, for it has been written in that holy work previously mentioned that as you seek, you shall find; as you ask, it shall be answered; and as you knock, the doors shall be opened, for this is a law of the universe which functions without exception, for that which you seek is within your own being. You are all things.

May we answer further, my brother?

N: Thank you very much.

I am L/Leema, and we thank you, my brother.

J2:  Can you say anything about the history of the moon? Did it used to be a planet?

I am L/Leema, and we may say, my sister, that according to one’s definition, the moon at this time is a planet. It is not usually described as such within any of your cultures, for there is no known life as you know it upon this sphere and it itself revolves about your own planet, and by so doing, according to most views, then relegates itself to the stature of a lesser body. This body, however, is inhabited from time to time by entities of other dimensions and serves as an entity in its own right that proceeds through its own process of evolution in its close connection with your own Earth influence.

May we answer you further, my sister?

J2: No, thank you.

I am L/Leema, and we thank you, my sister. We find that we have in this instrument the energy left for another query before closing. Is there such a query at this time?

Carla: I’d like to just ask a question about meditation. I noticed that in all of the discussion this evening there wasn’t any discussion of meditation—no one was talking about how to speed up the process of manifesting what one intellectually is. I wondered if that was because this particular group was already doing it or because some people are ill-suited to meditation but well-suited to contemplation or what?

I am L/Leema, and, my sister, we are most grateful to you for reminding not only this group but our own humble selves of the great necessity and benefit of meditation; for as you move within your illusion; and as we move within ours; and as any entity would move within any illusion, the fruit of such movement can only nourish the heart of one’s being when one has drunk of it deeply to the core of one’s being through the process of meditation. That which the conscious mind has placed within its own boundaries of understanding has value to an entity in the metaphysical or spiritual sense only insofar as the meditative state has incorporated this small understanding into the heart of one’s being. Otherwise, one is as the—we find you call it—duck that sheds the water from its back.

Without the meditation, the various concepts and ideas with which one comes in association in the conscious seeking, there are no roots formed and no lasting connections to such concepts, and the entity then must reacquaint itself with that which is consciously sought in order to provide the opportunity once again for meditation to do its work. Meditation is as the watering of the plant which has been set in fertile ground. The plant must be good, it must be strong, it must be consciously formed and analyzed, it must be placed within the fertile ground, the intuition must then serve as the analog to the fertile ground and connect through meditation the concept with the inner being or heart of one’s being. This is the watering and the nourishing of the plant that was consciously formed. Thus, in meditation one is as the gardener, plucking those weeds and leaving the flowers and the fruit that shall form the harvest.

Carla asked: “I noticed that in all of the discussion this evening there wasn’t any discussion of meditation—no one was talking about how to speed up the process of manifesting what one intellectually is. I wondered if that was because this particular group was already doing it or because some people are ill-suited to meditation but well-suited to contemplation or what?” L/Leema replied we are grateful to you for reminding not only this group but our own humble selves of the great benefit of meditation, for as you move within your illusion, and as we move within ours the fruit of such movement can only nourish the heart of one’s being when one has drunk of it deeply to the core of one’s being through the process of meditation, for that which the conscious mind has placed within its boundaries of understanding has value to an entity in the spiritual sense only insofar as the meditative state has incorporated this small understanding into the heart of one’s being, or one is as the duck that sheds the water from its back. L/Leema went on to say without the meditation the various concepts with which one comes in association in the conscious seeking, there are no roots formed and no lasting connections to such concepts, and the entity then must reacquaint itself with that which is consciously sought in order to provide the opportunity for meditation to do its work, for meditation is as the watering of the plant which has been set in fertile ground, so the plant must be consciously formed and analyzed, and it must be placed within the fertile ground, so the intuition must then serve as the analog to the fertile ground and connect through meditation the concept with the heart of one’s being, for this is the watering and the nourishing of the plant that was consciously formed since in meditation one is the gardener, plucking those weeds and leaving the flowers and the fruit that shall form the harvest. On October 26, 2019, Q’uo described the qualities of the meditative state:

We would recommend, as always, the meditative state as that opportunity to assess the nature of any catalyst or experience that one may feel is prominent at a certain time for the life pattern. In the meditative state, one can access those deeper levels of the conscious mind and the upper levels of the subconscious mind where there are clues and indications of relevancy, shall we say, that can be obtained by meditating upon the catalyst at hand. There is the quality of seeking in the meditative state that is enhanced by one’s desire to know how to serve more effectively, how to open the heart more fully, how to give unconditional Love more frequently.

If one can see past the outer parameters of the catalyst in front of one in the meditative state, and have the question within the mind and the heart how to more fully Love and serve, then through this lens one may more accurately see the features and resonances that are facing one and offering to one the opportunity to do just that, to Love, to serve, to accept, to give, to give praise and thanksgiving for the opportunity to be.

May we answer further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

I am L/Leema, and we thank you, my sister. We find that we have, for this particular instrument, reached the limits of our ability to speak without undue fatigue. We are grateful to each for once again requesting our presence. We hope that you will continue to have patience with us as we learn to utilize these instruments without undue fatigue resulting. We are with each of you at your request in your meditations and shall be honored to join you at any time in your future that you may request our presence. We leave you now in the Love and Light of our infinite Creator. We are L/Leema. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning the quote from The Thunder of Silence is: “When God, or Soul, becomes the activity of the mind and appears as form, then all form is spiritual and can be multiplied. When we rise above the level of mind and thought to the Silence, that is where I, God, becomes the activity and substance appearing as matter or form. For example, in every miracle in the four Gospels it was the mind of Jesus Christ which appeared outwardly as health and harmony and as an infinity of loaves and fishes. Health and wealth are not matter: they are mind formed. Once the mind becomes permeated with truth, truth becomes the substance and the essence of all form, and then the form can be multiplied, but it can be multiplied only because it is not matter.

There was a time when there were only one billion people on Earth. Now there are four billion, but no more of God is on Earth. The same God is here, the same life is here, but what has happened is that mind has multiplied form, not divided it. This is the same principle that was in operation when Jesus performed the miracle of the loaves and fishes. What He did was to multiply the visible form to satisfy the sense of need at that particular moment.

There is only Spirit and Its spiritual formations; but mind, as the instrument of Spirit, forms and governs itself as outlined form, and this is called our physical form. Actually, it is mind because matter can be reduced to the mental and eventually back into the spiritual; but mind appears to us as finite forms, and it is mind that forms that form. Mind will even transform this body and provide for it. Mind will form for us everything of which we seem to have need, and yet no new thing will have been added to Soul or God and appears only as an harmonious universe. This does not mean that when we think good thoughts, our perfect spiritual universe appears; it means that when we have risen above both mind and thought into the realm of Silence, Soul, or God now manifests as our spiritual identity, being, body, and universe.”

Later this morning I kept an appointment with my dentist. When I got home, I finished putting netting on the south side of the Flower Fall to protect the Sun Patiens from the deer.

This afternoon I went outside and use my limb loppers to cut all of the dead Red Climbing Rose Vines into pieces, and then I put them into a garbage can which I put at the end of the driveway. Then I used my chainsaw to cut a small, dead Arborvitae Tree into pieces, and then I put the pieces into another garbage can and put the garbage can at the end of the driveway. Then I used my limb loppers to cut up dead Lilac stalks into pieces, and then I put the pieces into a third garbage can which I also put at the end of the driveway.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 13

You Are Love

I am the principle of divine Love, and I greet you in the name of Jesus the Christ.

I am of the Spirit or principle of Love that moves from age to age, from eon to eon, and from creation to creation: a principle of that which you call the Father; a principle which moves beyond imagination; a principle that is Love created and uncreated, and a principle of power that is unimaginable.

This principle is the heart of each of your beings. You are potent, strong, and loving beyond your greatest hopes. Equal to this is the power of the illusion to distort the power of Love.

Thus must you take care in using your power and in expressing your Love. For you and all others of your kind are outwardly children. And that of you which is grown into infinity must pass through a narrow gate, safely to dwell consciously within the soul while living within your illusion, within your world. But Love is of yourself. You are not mundane. You are Love. Your heart is the heart of the universe. And within your eyes lies infinity.

May these thoughts bring to you an appreciation of the self you truly are. Rest in that understanding, and know that you are cherished infinitely by the Spirit.

We leave you in love and peace, both now and ever. Amen

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of Love and open our hearts minds, and souls to send Love, Light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite Love, Light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our Love, Light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I would like to let my readers know that I accidentally posted most of this Camelot Journal entry yesterday because when I shut the lid on my computer down before I go to bed, sometimes, when I open the lid in the morning, my computer has my Camelot Journal entries for the next few days out of order. This happened yesterday morning, but I didn’t notice that until this morning. So, you will have already read all of the channelings in this session, and the new material will begin with the quote from The Thunder of Silence.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Hatonn, Latwii and Yadda channelings are from May 12, 1985:

(S channeling)

I am Hatonn, and we are pleased to greet you this evening in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator. We are pleased to be with this instrument once again, for it has been some time since we have spoken through her. We are grateful for the opportunity. We come, as always, dear friends, when we hear your call, and we are always grateful for the opportunity to share our simple message.

The thought we send may seem at times complex, but the message may be brought down to one simple phrase: that you shall Love one another is one of the greatest services that you are able to provide to your fellow beings as you inhabit those physical vehicles that have become your temporary home; to look beyond that which is apparent but not always concrete, as this instrument would put it, and to see that essence which lies behind and beyond the physical; to look into each other’s eyes and see the Love and the Light of the Creator reflected and to ignore that which is often a very convincing illusion. Strive to seek that which lies beneath and beyond the illusion, for the essence of the Creator may be seen in all and may be grasped, and held, and felt, reflected, and returned. The wholeness is there, dear friends. Strive for that wholeness in what appears to be a world divided into portions.

We shall transfer at this time. I am Hatonn.

(Carla channeling)

I am Hatonn, and am now with this instrument. We attempted to contact the one known as A, and the one known as N, and were with the one known as R before we came to this instrument, and we hope that you will bear with patience our method of taking an opportunity to attempt to offer our service to you. We find that this instrument is having some reception trouble. However, we would greet you once again in the Love and Light of the infinite Creator and request that each in the circle continue to tune that we may have a good level of contact and that we may speak to you.

Have you ever observed, my friends, the younger of your species? The span of attention seems short and yet, for the few moments that something has absorbed a child’s interest, it is completely absorbed. When one Loves another, it is well to tune that spiritual Love with the same intensity and purity with which the child watches the ant crawl over the stick and, therefore, almost becomes that experience. Each entity that you meet is a portion of the Creator, and yet, of course, many times this is anything but obvious. There is another purity within many children and that is the openness to ask direct questions. There seem to be no limits as to what may be asked, for the young child is completely interested in everything about you or whichever person the child questions. This is an enormous secret, my friends. When there are difficulties between two entities, the difficulties are normally due to the lack of effort upon the part of the entities to imagine the creativity and accuracy, the actual situation and emotional and mental biases of the young.

To love one another, my friends—how much easier it is to talk about meditation and the discovery of what you may conceive to be creative; how much easier it is to speak of the one original Thought that lies within you within that deep, vast, and dark silence. And yet you go through a variety of experiences within your lifetime which puts you in close proximity to a number of other entities. You still look at the Creator. The Creator wears a face as biased and full of self-contradictions as your own. How much more difficult it is to penetrate not only your own confusion but that of another and achieve communication. Yet this is an expression of Love.

In this session Hatonn spoke about how we can Love each other. They began by saying the span of attention of your younger species seems short, yet for the few moments that something has absorbed a child’s interest, it is completely absorbed, and when one Loves another, it is well to tune that spiritual Love with the same purity with which the child watches the ant crawl over the stick and almost becomes that experience, for each entity that you meet is a portion of the Creator, but many times this is not obvious, so there is another purity within children, and that is the openness to ask direct questions, yet there seems to be no limits as to what may be asked, for the young child is interested in everything it questions, but this is an enormous secret, for when there are difficulties between two entities, the difficulties are due to the lack of effort upon the part of the entities to imagine the actual situation and the emotional and mental biases of the young. Hatonn went on to say to Love one another it is easier to talk about meditation and the discovery of what it is to be creative, yet how much easier it is to speak of the one original Thought that lies within your deep and dark silence, and yet you go through a variety of experiences within your lifetime which puts you in close proximity to a number of other entities, for you still look at the Creator that wears a face as biased and full of self-contradictions as your own, so how much more difficult it is to penetrate, not only your own confusion, but that of another and achieve communication, yet this is an expression of Love. On November 21, 1982, Latwii describe the one Original Thought:

Consider that what you seek is a portion of the one original Thought. That Thought is unity. That Thought of the one Creator has allowed each portion of Itself to travel through free will within the creation of the one original Thought. The journey takes many turns. Yet within each moment, Love exists. Within each moment, the Creator resides in full at all times. That this is not recognized does not diminish its truth. Such difficulties provide the stimulus for the inner seeking as the outer world begins to fade, for it becomes apparent to the seeker that Love may best be found within the heart of the being. Love then found there might be radiated, as a beacon shines light in the darkest portion of the night. Sorrow and suffering then motivate those feeling the suffering to seek more and more within, more and more in that portion of your illusion which Love inhabits purely and always readily available.

As the evening rays begin to fall upon your dwelling, you can feel before you the swelling maturity of the earth about you, the weighty roll of the waters onto the earth, and the majesty of the eternal sky. It is a wondrous creation, and the silence of the Creator pervades it, deeper, more quiet, more peaceful than can be imagined outside of meditation. And yet, just as much a part of the Creator are all the sounds made by children, colleagues, wives, husbands, children, and friends. Each is the voice of the Creator, filtered through many biases. There are times when two recognize each other and for a magical period of the incarnation there seem to be no biases, communication seems clear and life seems ebullient. It is rare that these periods extend throughout the incarnational experience. Nevertheless, we may suggest to each of you that memories of times when closeness had been achieved are very helpful in orienting the self towards the discovery of the biases that separate you from that same harmony at a more difficult time. To Love another is a challenge, and cannot be done without the inner underlying silence, the peace and poise of the powerful forces that unites you not only with each friend, and mate, and acquaintance but with all of the creation. As the light slowly fades from the skies and your sphere turns upon its rotating center into the zone of darkness and the kingdom of the moon and stars, we offer you meditation and Love.

Then Hatonn said as the evening rays begin to fall upon your dwelling, you can feel the maturity of the Earth about you, the roll of the waters onto the Earth and the majesty of the eternal sky, and it is a wondrous creation, and the silence of the Creator is within it deeper and more peaceful than can be imagined outside of meditation, yet just as much a part of the Creator are all the sounds made by children, wives, husbands, and friends, for each is the voice of the Creator, filtered through many biases, so there are times when two recognize each other, and for a magical period of the incarnation communication seems clear, and life seems cheerful, but it is rare that these periods extend throughout the incarnational experience, yet we may suggest to each of you that memories of times when closeness has been achieved are helpful in orienting the self towards the discovery of the biases that separate you from that same harmony at a more difficult time, for to Love another is a challenge which cannot be done without the inner silence, the peace and poise of the powerful forces that unite you not only with each friend, mate, and acquaintance but with all of the creation, so as the Light fades from the skies, and your sphere turns upon its rotating center into the zone of darkness and the kingdom of the moon and stars, we offer you meditation and Love. In 49.8, Ra spoke of the nature of our inner silence:

The passive meditation involving the clearing of the mind—the emptying of the mental jumble which is characteristic of mind complex activity among your peoples—is efficacious for those whose goal is to achieve an inner silence as a base from which to listen to the Creator. This is an useful and helpful tool, and is, by far, the most generally useful type of meditation as opposed to contemplation or prayer.

We are known to you as Hatonn. We leave you, as always, in the Love and the magnificent Love of the one infinite Creator whom we serve with all of our beings. We find your heart bent toward the same original Thought, your hopes turned to the same star. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and we greet you, my friends, in the Love and the Light of our infinite Creator. We are once again overjoyed and honored to be asked to join your group. We shall, as is our custom, ask if we may serve by attempting to answer those queries which you have brought with you this evening. May we begin with the first query?

R: Yes, Latwii, I’d like to go back to something Hatonn spoke of earlier, and ask—it seems that our daughters, nine and six-year-olds, are much more—well, they’re not really violent, but more aggressive, and it just seems hateful towards each other, and I remember being with my sisters, and the same for S with her brother and sister. I was wondering if you could comment on that?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. To some extent we may comment. We can suggest that as the time moves forward and approaches that which you have come to know as the harvest, there is to those who are sensitive to it an increased opportunity for expressing the energy, shall we say, of the one Creator. In each entity this energy will express in an unique fashion. This will be determined by the entity’s, shall we say, distortions or tendencies, those characteristics which make each entity unique and those characteristics which each entity seeks to balance in some fashion in order that it might learn and serve as it has incarnated to do.

The entities of which you speak are most sensitive to any presence or energy, and in their perception of this greater available resource of energy, each has channeled it in a fashion which meets the design of the personality. The design of any personality is that which is the pre-incarnative choice and pattern. These choices in many cases are made as a result of previous experiences together. These previous incarnational experiences then have a harvest which becomes the seed for the next incarnation. When one observes certain behaviors within an entity, or in this particular case, between two entities, it is possible, though not always the case, that the expression of energy and relationship between these entities is due in some degree to previous incarnational experience and current incarnational balancing.

May we attempt further clarification, my brother?

R: That was most helpful. I wonder, how do we respond when they’re at each other’s throats? Just keep them from hurting each other, and pull them apart, or is there more going on there that we should know about?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my brother. You speak now of what we may metaphorically call the firing line, the heat of the battle, those portions of the incarnation in which the ideals are tested and in some cases formed. As you look upon your own incarnational pattern of lessons and services, you will see that you have before you a pattern of experience which has the desired result in its foundation to express Love, to express and experience acceptance, to express and experience forgiveness, and so forth with the various characteristics of that energy known as Love. In any such experience, whether it be with the children of whom you speak, with your friends, with acquaintances, or with strangers, you have the ideal constructed within your inner mind in a fashion which is to the best of your ability whole and perfect. To translate this construction of the ideal into the daily experience and those testings of the ideal we have called the firing line, or the heat of the battle, is the challenge before you.

In your particular case, not only do you have this challenge before you, in your response in answering such a challenge you set a pattern for those of whom you speak. This pattern is your model or role of excellence. These young entities will learn from you according to what you do. Therefore, it is upon your shoulders, shall we say, to creatively fashion that response which most purely reflects your ideals, those guideposts and high metaphysical standards which you have as your own staff to support you on your journey. You, then, must in your own way construct the response which will in a disciplined fashion teach by repetition that concept of Love as you can perceive it and translate it in this case.

May we attempt further response, my brother?

R: No, Latwii, that was most helpful. Thank you very much.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my brother, for the opportunity to serve. May we attempt another query?

Carla: When a childhood experience is full of harmonious relationships between sister and brother, and the harmony continues throughout the life experience, sometimes bearing fruit, such as my brother’s and my singing, could it also be considered to be pre-incarnative choice of being together?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. This is quite correct. Each entity as it incarnates has those souls with whom it has traveled many journeys through many of what you call incarnational lifetimes. Each entity then will make agreements with a variety of others, and these agreements will allow certain relationships to develop, certain characteristics to be expressed, certain lessons to be learned, and certain services to be offered. Therefore, the relationships between entities upon your planet at this time are many and varied, infinite in variety, and full of the opportunity for sharing the Love and Light of the one Creator.

May we attempt further response, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, as always, my sister. Is there another query?

Carla: Can a plan go wrong?

I am Latwii, and we may respond to this query by saying yes and no. We do not mean to confuse. Let us clarify. To begin with, yes, a plan may unfold its outline and its specific experience in a manner other than that which was planned, yet it cannot be said to be wrong, for each entity in each experience may observe the infinite opportunity to learn the lesson of Love. In some degree all plans will incorporate this lesson and will reflect this lesson in an unique fashion. When a plan has deviated from the course laid before the incarnation, there are, shall we say, certain fail-safe devices, as we may use this term, which also have been incorporated that have the hoped-for effect of bringing the plan once again back into congruency with that which was determined before the incarnation. There are an infinite number of these devices which are preprogrammed, and there are an infinite number of opportunities for the incarnational entity to utilize these devices or to ignore them, for, indeed, within the incarnation, free will needs that which you may call determinism, and the incarnation then becomes a balance between these two forces.

May we answer you further?

Carla: Is the will of the individual superior to any pre-incarnatively determined path?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. We may suggest the will can be superior to any preprogrammed plan, yet it must be remembered that the will as it is manifested in each incarnation is colored, shall we say, or influenced by the preplanned pattern of experience, and is unlikely to vary from it in an absolute manner for a very long portion of what you would call time.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: I don’t think so, I’ll just tell you what was on my mind, and that was I’ve been pondering whether Don Elkins’ death, his leaving this plane of existence, was his plan or his deviation from a plan. There isn’t anything in my experience by which I can judge the answer to this. And by what you’re saying, I would say the bias would go towards there being at least a portion of Don’s dying and going on that was part of the plan. This is the kind of bias you’re talking about, is this not correct?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. It is correct that the one known as Don had incorporated within his incarnational experience before it began the opportunity to cease viability within your illusion in a number of ways. It may be that this entity had not precisely planned to exit the incarnation in the manner in which it did, indeed, find its exit, yet one may rest assured that there are no mistakes, though the surprise may be most disturbing at the time. It is most usual for one to leave a dwelling through a door rather than through a window.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: No. No, thank you very much.

I am Latwii, and we thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time?

Carla: I have a question that is on a totally different subject, but I’ve been pondering it off and on. Some people can see auras around people’s heads, especially, but also around their whole bodies. And I’ve wondered for a long time whether people were seeing inner dimensional but real in the other dimension colors and the natural force of the body, or whether the gift of clairvoyance had its focus in such people in seeing color around a person instead of, say, seeing a reading from a Tarot card throw or from a look into a glass ball, or from tea leaves, or from whatever other focus that people use? In other words, is it an objective or subjective phenomenon?

I am Latwii and am aware of your query, my sister. This phenomenon of seeing that which you have called the aura may be a combination of that which you have called a subjective experience and objective observation. We may suggest that to each entity within your illusion is given the opportunity to use the infinite intelligence, the energy of the one Creator. Many will manifest it in a great variety of ways, some in a few ways, and others will attempt perhaps in an unconscious fashion to use this energy in an unmanifested and more metaphysical sense, showing little manifestation of that all-encompassing Love and Light of the one Creator. When an entity experiences one of the manifested means of channeling this energy, one may see this manifestation as an aside, shall we say, to the primary seeking for truth behind all manifestation.

Within your illusion it has become, shall we say, somewhat the fashion to manifest this channeled energy in some fashion which may be observable. Seeing of the auric force field about your other selves is one such means of manifesting this energy. What is seen is most usually the combination or balance of energy centers which have cooperatively provided coloration or vibratory energy in their channeling of this energy, and the result is that which, in general, is called the auric field. The entity so seeing this auric field sees through eyes which are both inner and outer in their manifested sense. That is to say, the entity sees with a mind which has been conditioned in such and such a fashion, and sees with an inner eye which explores for the first time that which is seen as the aura. Therefore, that which is objectively observed is subjectively interpreted, and those having the aura read then receive this combined objective and subjective interpretation.

Carla asked: “Some people can see auras around people’s heads, especially, but also around their whole bodies. And I’ve wondered for a long time whether people were seeing inner dimensional but real in the other dimension colors and the natural force of the body, or whether the gift of clairvoyance had its focus in such people in seeing color around a person instead of, say, seeing a reading from a Tarot card throw or from a look into a glass ball, or from tea leaves, or from whatever other focus that people use? In other words, is it an objective or subjective phenomenon?” Latwii began by saying this phenomenon of seeing the aura may be a combination of that which you have called a subjective experience and objective observation, so we may suggest that to each entity within your illusion is given the opportunity to use the infinite intelligence of the one Creator, and many will manifest it in a variety of ways, and others will attempt in an unconscious fashion to use this energy in a metaphysical sense, showing little manifestation of that all-encompassing Love and Light of the one Creator, for when an entity experiences one of the manifested means of channeling this energy, one may see this manifestation as an aside to the primary seeking for truth behind all manifestation. Latwii continued by saying within your illusion it has become the fashion to manifest this channeled energy in some way which may be observable, and seeing the auric force field about your other selves is one such means of manifesting this energy, so what is seen is the balance of energy centers which have provided vibratory energy in their channeling of this energy, and the result is that which is the auric field, for the entity seeing this auric field sees through eyes which are both inner and outer in their manifested sense, yet that is to say the entity sees with a mind which has been conditioned in a certain fashion and sees with an inner eye which explores for the first time that which is seen as the aura, for that which is objectively observed is subjectively interpreted, and those having the aura read then receive this combined objective and subjective interpretation. On April 21, 1985, Latwii described the nature of our aura:

To begin, the thickness, shall we say, of the auric energy field about any entity is variant and unique to each entity. There are various portions of the aura which are discernible to those with the finer sight that extend for even greater distances than the twenty-five feet which you have mentioned. The activity within any chakra or energy center lends a hue or coloration to a certain portion of the auric field. There is a portion of each entity’s aura which records and illustrates the entity’s unique balance between mind, body, and spirit. This portion of an entity’s aura, therefore, is that portion which those known as healers may read in order to ascertain the relative health, as you would call it, of any particular entity.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: Well, it seems that if perceiving auras is a matter of perceiving various rates of vibration, there would be color surrounding a lot things, notably music. Sometimes I think I can feel the color of music as it varies from piece to piece, from artist to artist, but there are people that go around talking about that sort of aura. Is it because of the fact that there is no personal consciousness in that art form?

I am Latwii, and, my sister, we may suggest that it is indeed a greatly crowded and varied universe including the small portion of it which is your third-dimensional experience. There are, indeed, entities who experience your third-density illusion in just the fashion which you have described. Yet this description is not ordinarily accepted as a representation of that which is. Therefore, one does not hear so much of this kind of description…

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Jim channeling)

I am Latwii, and am once again with this instrument, and we shall continue. There are many, many ways in which the experience of your illusion may be expressed, and if the hearts of all those who experience in an unusual manner were known, one would, indeed, be surprised at the great variety which is available to your peoples.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Carla: No, thank you Latwii.

I am Latwii, and we thank you once again, my sister. Is there another query?

[Pause]

I am Latwii, and we find that for the evening we have exhausted the queries and perhaps one or two of the listeners. We apologize if any of our words have seemed too long and our sentences too rambling. We do not mean to overburden the listener with a great quantity of verbiage, but we are most privileged and overjoyed to speak to this group, and we thank you each and every one for inviting us this evening. We shall, therefore, take our leave at this time of this instrument and this group, leaving you, as always, in the Love and Light of our one infinite Creator. We are those of Latwii. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

(Carla channeling)

I Yadda. I greet you in Love and Light of infinite Creator. Once again, we passed the challenge. Once again, we speak to you, for we are called to this meeting. And yet, we tell you something. We are nothing. We are fools. We are full of error and mistake, folly and fun. We are mostly full of a fun which amounts to enlightenment. We pass from folly to joy. Not because we have learned wisdom, steps to take, rituals to practice. No, we find ourselves.

We come to you to make you happy. To show you through our speaking that there is a wonder, and a magic, and a lightheartedness that causes us to be full of joy. We are aware that we have spoken in groups which were so tuned that we made not so much of the sense, but, oh, we enjoyed the laughter. For you see, you come for inspiration. You come to be lifted up. You come to experience something that you feel that those who speak through instruments such as one may have. You wish to partake in that. And yet, we go away; the meeting ends, and you go to your own domicile, to your own joy, to your own fun, or to the denial of this life force that is so great in each. Your joy is hidden in your very nature. Your inspiration is within you. You call us, but we are nothing. Your outside life, it is but nothing. But if your heart can be happy, if you can laugh, if you can find joy, you have flown on the wings of the eagle, and there are no more prison bars in your life and in your experience. All we ask you, do not take the husk so seriously. Find the kernel of infinity which lies within you.

We are sorry that we must sometimes speak to one group, for one group, in a way which does not please another. We assure you this information would not please some, when there are so many spiritual seekers who sure, positive, and without any doubt know that if they can find the right teacher, if they can find the right ritual, the right outward behavior, enlightenment will come. We tell you what come: day come, and night and day and night and soon your life is over. You live in Love and Light. It is your natural habitat. Your darkness is as noon, and above the rain shines the everlasting sun.

We leave you in joy, in light, in love, in possession of your birthright. We Yadda. Farewell.

This morning the quote from The Thunder of Silence is: The mind is an instrument for something higher than itself, and that something is the one Self. When we come to the point where the mind is governed by the Self, we will be embraced in a peace that passes understanding. Then we do not control the body or the mind, but the activity of Truth in our consciousness, of which we become aware through the mind, keeps the mind clear, clean, harmonious, and vital; and it in its turn manages, controls, and governs the body, acting as the purifying agent of both mind and body.

There is a spiritual center within every one of us, and in that center is stored up our entire spiritual heritage. This center is not within the body, but in our consciousness, and we can draw out of the infinity of our consciousness all that is necessary for our unfoldment from this day unto the end of the world and beyond it into infinity.

The original and basic creative principle and substance of life is God, Soul, or Consciousness, but mind is the instrument through which God’s activity takes place because properly understood and utilized, mind is an instrument of God. When the mind is open to receive the divine Impulse, harmonious and perfect form flows out from it.

Through Adam, the mind of people accepted a belief of good and evil and from that moment on, instead of being a pure instrument of the Soul, mind began forming itself material forms of both good and evil, just as if it were a mold similar to a muffin tin—whatever the shape of the muffin tin, that is the shape in which the muffins come out. Similarly, the product of mind appears as form. If there is evil in the mind, it appears as evil form, and contrariwise, if there is good in the mind, it appears as good form.

The mind produces its own image and likeness, and if we who stand behind the mind permit it to be filled with superstition, ignorance, or fear, all of which stem from the belief in two powers, that is what the mind produces in our experience. Mind is the substance of every form of sin, disease, death, false appetite, lack, limitation, wars, rumors of wars, and all the other things listed under the word evil.

A mind filled with evil thoughts—fear hate, injustice, lust, or malice—must appear outwardly as inharmony and discord; whereas a mind filled with good thoughts—charity, purity, benevolence, or co-operation—must appear outwardly as the good life. That is the karmic law as taught in Scripture: “Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.” The mind in its unillumined state, filled with materialistic beliefs, theories, opinions, doctrines, and creeds can only manifest its own state of chaos; but a mind freed of these beliefs becomes the instrument through which the creative Principle of life can flow as harmonious and eternal form. The external appearance is always mind-formed. A we sow mentally, so shall we reap materially.

Matter is matter only to the material state of consciousness, but once we rise to a mental state of consciousness, matter is not matter, but mind. Mind is the essence and substance of which matter is formed, and it appears to us as form or effect. Mind is the principle, the life, and the law, of all material and mental form.

This is not an easy concept to grasp, but if we draw an analogy between this and a substance with which we are all familiar, it may clarify the idea. The combination of two parts hydrogen and one part oxygen is called water, but water can be changed into steam or into ice, and whether this particular substance appears as water, steam, or ice, it is jus a different form of one essence—two parts hydrogen and one part oxygen.

In this same manner, mind is the basic substance, but matter is the name given to mind when it takes form. Mind appears as many forms: flesh is one of them; blood is another; bone another, and hair yet another, but every one of these is mind made visible, mind appearing as specific form. Mind in one form is flesh and in another it is bone, gristle, blood, hair, or skin; but always the substance, or essence, is mind.

Mind functions as thought; mind appears as thing; and on this level, mind is the essence of creation as described in the second and third chapters of Genesis. Therefore, if matter is mind, a process of mind can change the product, matter.

Mind—your mind and my mind—imbued with spiritual truth becomes the instrument through which God manifests, and God appearing becomes the body of our outer world. Therefore, never do we live in a material world with material surrounding it because God, Itself—Truth in your consciousness and my consciousness—is the very substance and essence of our world.”

This afternoon I went on an errand run with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery to buy 3 bales of pine straw and 2 more Sun Patiens. My second stop was at Kroeger’s where I bought some food for myself. My third stop was at Speedway Gas Station to fill all four of Stanley’s tires with 32 psi of air. My last stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store where I bought 2 Haagen Dass Vanilla Ice Creams and a case of Purified Water bottles. When I got home I transplanted the 2 Sun Patiens into the Pond Area of the Flower Fall Mound. Then I covered half of the Pond Area with netting to keep the deer from eating the Sun Patiens.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

April 12

The Healing Love Of Christ

I am the spirit of living Love. I greet you in the full consciousness of that Love which is Christed.

The Light of your world comes only physically from the sun and shines in truth more greatly from the eyes of those who have the consciousness of Love than from any other source.

Worlds of darkness vanish before the morning light and the most obscene horror grows pitiful in the gentle rays of sunlight. So, too, let the light of your eyes rest on things seemingly good and seemingly evil, seeing the Christ in all and the good in each. Whatever sadness or horror there has been, let your eyes heal it. Let your heart know the healing has occurred. For within each is the power of the Spirit; within each, the healing Love of Christ.

We leave you in the peace of infinite Love. May you never grow weary of the Spirit of Love.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of Love and open our hearts minds, and souls to send Love, Light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite Love, Light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our Love, Light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.